From ef99a9d035e841ced0c5deb09b56f942e1bc6570 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dmytro Bogovych Date: Thu, 21 Dec 2023 09:37:40 +0300 Subject: [PATCH] - refresh sqlcipher + switch to Qt6 --- client/appevents.h | 23 +- client/encryption.cpp | 2 +- client/findsupport.cpp | 2 +- client/helper.cpp | 8 +- client/mainwindow.cpp | 21 +- client/noo.pro | 8 +- client/sqlite3.c | 202984 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- client/sqlite3.h | 8333 +- client/task.cpp | 12 +- client/timeintervaldlg.cpp | 8 +- client/timetreemodel.cpp | 4 +- 11 files changed, 163055 insertions(+), 48350 deletions(-) diff --git a/client/appevents.h b/client/appevents.h index 04d5e2c..c0575f9 100644 --- a/client/appevents.h +++ b/client/appevents.h @@ -5,28 +5,29 @@ #include "task.h" enum { - ClientInitId = 62000, - ClientCloseId = 62001, - AttachDatabaseId, - SelectTaskId, - UiInitId + ClientInitId = 62000, + ClientCloseId = 62001, + AttachDatabaseId = 62002, + SelectTaskId = 62003, + UiInitId = 62004 }; -template class ClientEvent: public QEvent { private: - int mType = N; + int mType; public: - ClientEvent() - :QEvent(static_cast(N)) + ClientEvent(int numtype) + :QEvent(static_cast(numtype)), mType(numtype) {} }; -class SelectTaskEvent: public ClientEvent +class SelectTaskEvent: public ClientEvent { public: - SelectTaskEvent(PTask task) { + SelectTaskEvent(PTask task) + :ClientEvent(SelectTaskId) + { mTask = task; } diff --git a/client/encryption.cpp b/client/encryption.cpp index 02121de..b9150b8 100644 --- a/client/encryption.cpp +++ b/client/encryption.cpp @@ -187,5 +187,5 @@ void IV::Generate(QByteArray &buffer) { uint8_t* data = (uint8_t*)buffer.data(); for (int i=0; i #include #include +#include +#include #include @@ -209,7 +211,7 @@ time_t chrono::strToTime(const std::string& s) QString path::pathToSettings() { #if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 - QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::DataLocation); + QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::AppConfigLocation); #else QString folder = QDesktopServices::storageLocation(QDesktopServices::DataLocation); #endif @@ -220,7 +222,7 @@ QString path::pathToSettings() QString path::pathToDatabase() { #if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 - QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::DataLocation); + QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::AppDataLocation); #else QString folder = QDesktopServices::storageLocation(QDesktopServices::DataLocation); #endif @@ -256,7 +258,7 @@ QString path::pathToDatabaseTemplate() QString path::pathToLog() { #if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 - QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::DataLocation); + QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::AppDataLocation); #else QString folder = QDesktopServices::storageLocation(QDesktopServices::DataLocation); #endif diff --git a/client/mainwindow.cpp b/client/mainwindow.cpp index 770ed7b..a19b08a 100644 --- a/client/mainwindow.cpp +++ b/client/mainwindow.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ # include "platforms/linux/autostart.h" #endif -#include #include #include @@ -58,7 +57,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) : setUpdatesEnabled(true); // Other initialization will run in next event loop iteration - QApplication::postEvent(this, new ClientEvent()); + QApplication::postEvent(this, new ClientEvent(UiInitId)); } MainWindow::~MainWindow() @@ -121,7 +120,7 @@ void MainWindow::connectUiToDatabase() // Load recent tasks QString recent = SETTINGS.data()[KEY_RECENT_TASKS].toString(); - QStringList recentList = recent.split(";", QString::SkipEmptyParts); + QStringList recentList = recent.split(";", Qt::SkipEmptyParts); for (QString& s: recentList) { Task::Id id = s.toULongLong(); @@ -779,7 +778,7 @@ void MainWindow::setupMainUi() FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->SetFeedURL("http://satorilight.com/LittAppCast.xml"); #endif initClient(); - QApplication::postEvent(this, new ClientEvent()); + QApplication::postEvent(this, new ClientEvent(AttachDatabaseId)); } void MainWindow::buildPasswordView() @@ -1016,7 +1015,7 @@ void MainWindow::updateData() if (saveToDb) mLogger->log("Flushing timeline to DB start"); - mCurrentTask->timeline()->flush(saveToDb, QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toTime_t()); + mCurrentTask->timeline()->flush(saveToDb, QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toSecsSinceEpoch()); if (saveToDb) { mLastTimelineFlush = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc(); @@ -1191,7 +1190,7 @@ int MainWindow::showTrayWindow(QDialog* dlg) int w = dlg->geometry().width(); int h = dlg->geometry().height(); - QRect rec = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(); + QRect rec = QGuiApplication::primaryScreen()->availableGeometry(); int desktopHeight = rec.height(); int desktopWidth = rec.width(); @@ -1371,7 +1370,7 @@ void MainWindow::showTimeReport() void MainWindow::criticalAlertFinished(int /*status*/) { - QApplication::postEvent(this, new ClientEvent()); + QApplication::postEvent(this, new ClientEvent(ClientCloseId)); } void MainWindow::warningAlertFinished(int /*status*/) @@ -1412,7 +1411,7 @@ void MainWindow::checkForUpdates() void MainWindow::systemSleep() { //qDebug() << "System goes to sleep"; - stopTracking(TSR_Automatic, QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toTime_t()); + stopTracking(TSR_Automatic, QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toSecsSinceEpoch()); } void MainWindow::systemResume() @@ -1484,11 +1483,11 @@ void MainWindow::findRequested() } //ui->mFindEdit->setVisible(false); - QTextCursor c = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->find(pattern, mFindStartIndex, nullptr); + QTextCursor c = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->find(pattern, mFindStartIndex); if (c.isNull()) { mFindStartIndex = 0; - c = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->find(pattern, mFindStartIndex, nullptr); + c = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->find(pattern, mFindStartIndex); } if (!c.isNull()) { @@ -1575,7 +1574,7 @@ void MainWindow::continueOnIdle() void MainWindow::breakOnIdle(const QDateTime& stopTime) { // Stop tracking - stopTracking(TSR_Manual, stopTime.toUTC().toTime_t()); + stopTracking(TSR_Manual, stopTime.toUTC().toSecsSinceEpoch()); showTimeForSelectedTask(); } diff --git a/client/noo.pro b/client/noo.pro index 82a5e98..78325b3 100644 --- a/client/noo.pro +++ b/client/noo.pro @@ -174,11 +174,11 @@ macx { platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.mm } -!include("fervor/Fervor.pri") { - error("Unable to include Fervor autoupdater.") -} +#!include("fervor/Fervor.pri") { +# error("Unable to include Fervor autoupdater.") +#} -!include("qtkeychain/qt5keychain.pri") { +!include("qtkeychain/qtkeychain.pri") { error("Unable to include QTKeyChain library.") } diff --git a/client/sqlite3.c b/client/sqlite3.c index 177d9f2..1d51bac 100644 --- a/client/sqlite3.c +++ b/client/sqlite3.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.8.0.2. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** version 3.42.0. By combining all the individual C code files into this ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ** ** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other ** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines -** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have +** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have ** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within ** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start ** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed @@ -22,9 +22,6 @@ #ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE # define SQLITE_PRIVATE static #endif -#ifndef SQLITE_API -# define SQLITE_API -#endif /************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 @@ -40,8 +37,141 @@ ** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. ** */ -#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ -#define _SQLITEINT_H_ +#ifndef SQLITEINT_H +#define SQLITEINT_H + +/* Special Comments: +** +** Some comments have special meaning to the tools that measure test +** coverage: +** +** NO_TEST - The branches on this line are not +** measured by branch coverage. This is +** used on lines of code that actually +** implement parts of coverage testing. +** +** OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE - This branch is allowed to alway be false +** and the correct answer is still obtained, +** though perhaps more slowly. +** +** OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE - This branch is allowed to alway be true +** and the correct answer is still obtained, +** though perhaps more slowly. +** +** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread +** that would be harmless and undetectable +** if it did occur. +** +** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual +** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the +** asterisks and the comment text. +*/ + +/* +** Make sure the Tcl calling convention macro is defined. This macro is +** only used by test code and Tcl integration code. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI +# define SQLITE_TCLAPI +#endif + +/* +** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC. +** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious +** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files +** that are included by this file. +*/ +/************** Include msvc.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file msvc.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2015 January 12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to MSVC. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MSVC_H +#define SQLITE_MSVC_H + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning(disable : 4054) +#pragma warning(disable : 4055) +#pragma warning(disable : 4100) +#pragma warning(disable : 4127) +#pragma warning(disable : 4130) +#pragma warning(disable : 4152) +#pragma warning(disable : 4189) +#pragma warning(disable : 4206) +#pragma warning(disable : 4210) +#pragma warning(disable : 4232) +#pragma warning(disable : 4244) +#pragma warning(disable : 4305) +#pragma warning(disable : 4306) +#pragma warning(disable : 4702) +#pragma warning(disable : 4706) +#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_WIN64) +#undef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +#define SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_WIN64) */ + +#if !defined(HAVE_LOG2) && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER<1800 +#define HAVE_LOG2 0 +#endif /* !defined(HAVE_LOG2) && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER<1800 */ + +#endif /* SQLITE_MSVC_H */ + +/************** End of msvc.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** Special setup for VxWorks +*/ +/************** Include vxworks.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file vxworks.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2015-03-02 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to Wind River's VxWorks +*/ +#if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) +/* This is VxWorks. Set up things specially for that OS +*/ +#include +#include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ +#define OS_VXWORKS 1 +#define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +#define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1 +#define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1 +#define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +#define HAVE_UTIME 1 +#else +/* This is not VxWorks. */ +#define OS_VXWORKS 0 +#define HAVE_FCHOWN 1 +#define HAVE_READLINK 1 +#define HAVE_LSTAT 1 +#endif /* defined(_WRS_KERNEL) */ + +/************** End of vxworks.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* ** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the @@ -60,6 +190,11 @@ ** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary ** portability you should omit LFS. ** +** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written +** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so +** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might +** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. +** ** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS @@ -70,239 +205,44 @@ # define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #endif -/* -** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the -** autoconf-based build -*/ -#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ -/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ -/* -** 2007 May 7 +/* The GCC_VERSION and MSVC_VERSION macros are used to +** conditionally include optimizations for each of these compilers. A +** value of 0 means that compiler is not being used. The +** SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC macro means do not use any compiler-specific +** optimizations, and hence set all compiler macros to 0 ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. +** There was once also a CLANG_VERSION macro. However, we learn that the +** version numbers in clang are for "marketing" only and are inconsistent +** and unreliable. Fortunately, all versions of clang also recognize the +** gcc version numbers and have reasonable settings for gcc version numbers, +** so the GCC_VERSION macro will be set to a correct non-zero value even +** when compiling with clang. */ - -/* -** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also -** limits the size of a row in a table or index. -** -** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer -** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#else +# define GCC_VERSION 0 +#endif +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER +#else +# define MSVC_VERSION 0 #endif /* -** This is the maximum number of -** -** * Columns in a table -** * Columns in an index -** * Columns in a view -** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement -** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement -** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. -** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement -** -** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will -** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should -** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if -** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few -** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. +** Some C99 functions in "math.h" are only present for MSVC when its version +** is associated with Visual Studio 2013 or higher. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN -# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. -** -** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would -** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible -** to turn this limit off. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an -** expression. -** -** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. -** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced -** at all times. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. -** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one -** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result -** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL -** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable -** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT -# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. -** Not currently enforced. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP -# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG -# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database -** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 -#endif - -/* -** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before -** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 -** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap -** is used internally to track attached databases. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED -# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 -#endif - - -/* -** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER -# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 -#endif - -/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit -** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. -** -** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at -** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates -** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library -** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database -** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite -** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback -** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif -#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 - - -/* -** The default size of a database page. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - -/* -** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases -** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain -** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), -** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value -** SQLite will choose on its own. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - - -/* -** Maximum number of pages in one database file. -** -** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. -** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the -** max_page_count macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT -# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB -** operator. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. -** -** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all -** may be executed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ -#if defined(__BORLANDC__) -#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ -#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ -#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ -#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ -#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#ifndef SQLITE_HAVE_C99_MATH_FUNCS +# if MSVC_VERSION==0 || MSVC_VERSION>=1800 +# define SQLITE_HAVE_C99_MATH_FUNCS (1) +# else +# define SQLITE_HAVE_C99_MATH_FUNCS (0) +# endif #endif /* Needed for various definitions... */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) # define _GNU_SOURCE #endif @@ -311,244 +251,65 @@ #endif /* -** Include standard header files as necessary +** Macro to disable warnings about missing "break" at the end of a "case". */ -#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -#include -#endif - -/* -** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and -** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler -** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements -** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. -** -** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. -** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or -** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers -** that vary from one machine to the next. -** -** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on -** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). -** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the -** compiler. -*/ -#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) -#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) -#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) -#endif - -/* -** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. -** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never -** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest -** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple -** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same -** database connection at the same time. -** -** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) -# if defined(THREADSAFE) -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE -# else -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using -** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE -# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 -#endif - -/* -** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** It determines whether or not the features related to -** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can -** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to -** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. -** -** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() -** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API -** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() -** -** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the -** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem -** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an -** assertion will be triggered. -** -** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as -** the default. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 -# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ - are defined but at most one is allowed:\ - SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ - SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 -# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 -#endif - -/* -** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the -** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) -# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 -#endif - -/* -** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. -** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit -** it. -*/ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) -# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 -#endif - -/* -** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that -** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, -** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. -** -** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the -** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action -** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG -** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out -** feature. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif -#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# undef NDEBUG -#endif - -/* -** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When -** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to -** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to -** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted -** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple -** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() -** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For -** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit -** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements -** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() -** can insure that all cases are evaluated. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); -# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#if GCC_VERSION>=7000000 +# define deliberate_fall_through __attribute__((fallthrough)); #else -# define testcase(X) +# define deliberate_fall_through #endif /* -** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or -** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments -** within testcase() and assert() macros. +** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its +** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW +** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header +** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this +** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and +** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block +** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting +** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define +** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the +** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be +** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be +** disabled. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define TESTONLY(X) X -#else -# define TESTONLY(X) +#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) +# include "mingw.h" +#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) +# include "_mingw.h" #endif /* -** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization -** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to -** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore -** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for -** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the -** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime +** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -# define VVA_ONLY(X) X -#else -# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ + defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ + defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ + defined(__MSVCRT__) +# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T #endif -/* -** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which -** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such -** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they -** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience -** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" -** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first -** hint of unplanned behavior. -** -** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. -** -** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to -** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will -** not be counted as untested code. +/* Optionally #include a user-defined header, whereby compilation options +** may be set prior to where they take effect, but after platform setup. +** If SQLITE_CUSTOM_INCLUDE=? is defined, its value names the #include +** file. */ -#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define ALWAYS(X) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#elif !defined(NDEBUG) -# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) -# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(X) (X) -# define NEVER(X) (X) +#ifdef SQLITE_CUSTOM_INCLUDE +# define INC_STRINGIFY_(f) #f +# define INC_STRINGIFY(f) INC_STRINGIFY_(f) +# include INC_STRINGIFY(SQLITE_CUSTOM_INCLUDE) #endif -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large -** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() -** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +/* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear +** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for +** MinGW. */ -#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) - -/* -** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean -** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds -** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, -** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but -** currently they are just comments for human readers. -*/ -#define likely(X) (X) -#define unlikely(X) (X) - /************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** 2001-09-15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -572,15 +333,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); ** ** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived ** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source -** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. +** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate. ** ** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". ** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting ** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as ** part of the build process. */ -#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ -#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#ifndef SQLITE3_H +#define SQLITE3_H #include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ /* @@ -592,21 +353,57 @@ extern "C" { /* -** Add the ability to override 'extern' +** Facilitate override of interface linkage and calling conventions. +** Be aware that these macros may not be used within this particular +** translation of the amalgamation and its associated header file. +** +** The SQLITE_EXTERN and SQLITE_API macros are used to instruct the +** compiler that the target identifier should have external linkage. +** +** The SQLITE_CDECL macro is used to set the calling convention for +** public functions that accept a variable number of arguments. +** +** The SQLITE_APICALL macro is used to set the calling convention for +** public functions that accept a fixed number of arguments. +** +** The SQLITE_STDCALL macro is no longer used and is now deprecated. +** +** The SQLITE_CALLBACK macro is used to set the calling convention for +** function pointers. +** +** The SQLITE_SYSAPI macro is used to set the calling convention for +** functions provided by the operating system. +** +** Currently, the SQLITE_CDECL, SQLITE_APICALL, SQLITE_CALLBACK, and +** SQLITE_SYSAPI macros are used only when building for environments +** that require non-default calling conventions. */ #ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN # define SQLITE_EXTERN extern #endif - #ifndef SQLITE_API # define SQLITE_API #endif - +#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL +# define SQLITE_CDECL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_APICALL +# define SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL +# define SQLITE_STDCALL SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CALLBACK +# define SQLITE_CALLBACK +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_SYSAPI +# define SQLITE_SYSAPI +#endif /* ** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those ** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications -** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards ** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that ** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. ** @@ -644,37 +441,40 @@ extern "C" { ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** -** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** SQLite source code has been stored in the ** Fossil configuration management ** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to ** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite ** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID -** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 -** hash of the entire source tree. +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and a SHA1 +** or SHA3-256 hash of the entire source tree. If the source code has +** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last +** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.0.2" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008000 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2013-09-03 17:11:13 7dd4968f235d6e1ca9547cda9cf3bd570e1609ef" +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.42.0" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3042000 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2023-05-16 12:36:15 831d0fb2836b71c9bc51067c49fee4b8f18047814f2ff22d817d25195cf3alt1" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid ** ** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], ** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros ** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious ** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to ** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in -** the header, and thus insure that the application is +** the header, and thus ensure that the application is ** compiled with matching library and header files. ** ** 
 ** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strncmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID,80)==0 );
 ** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
 **
)^ ** @@ -684,9 +484,11 @@ extern "C" { ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the -** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built +** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters +** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ ** ** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ @@ -698,20 +500,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and @@ -720,6 +522,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#else +# define sqlite3_compileoption_used(X) 0 +# define sqlite3_compileoption_get(X) ((void*)0) #endif /* @@ -732,7 +537,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** @@ -750,7 +555,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but ** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] ** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], -** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]. ^(The return value of the ** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of ** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by ** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() @@ -789,12 +594,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# else + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# endif #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; @@ -815,33 +624,30 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; /* ** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors ** for the [sqlite3] object. -** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if ** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated ** resources are deallocated. ** -** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() -** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. -** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements -** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes -** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the -** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is -** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with -** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which -** destructors are called is arbitrary. -** -** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], -** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all +** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and ** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated -** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If -** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has -** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or -** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation -** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], -** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements, BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then +** sqlite3_close() will leave the database connection open and return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared +** statements, unclosed BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, +** it returns [SQLITE_OK] regardless, but instead of deallocating the database +** connection immediately, it marks the database connection as an unusable +** "zombie" and makes arrangements to automatically deallocate the database +** connection after all prepared statements are finalized, all BLOB handles +** are closed, and all backups have finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface +** is intended for use with host languages that are garbage collected, and +** where the order in which destructors are called is arbitrary. ** ** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, ** the transaction is automatically rolled back. @@ -866,11 +672,12 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); /* ** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. +** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, @@ -890,7 +697,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. ** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] ** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of -** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. ** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors ** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to ** NULL before returning. @@ -910,16 +717,16 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** ** Restrictions: ** **
    -**
  • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() +**
  • The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is a valid and open [database connection]. -**
  • The application must not close [database connection] specified by +**
  • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by ** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. **
  • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into ** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. @@ -935,20 +742,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} +** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} ** ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown ** here in order to indicate success or failure. ** ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. ** -** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. +** See also: [extended result code definitions] */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ /* beginning-of-error-codes */ -#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* Generic error */ #define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ #define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ @@ -963,7 +768,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ #define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ -#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Internal use only */ #define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ #define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ @@ -971,7 +776,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ #define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ #define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ -#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Not used */ #define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ #define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ #define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ @@ -982,27 +787,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} ** -** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer -** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer +** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of ** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as ** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to -** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 [dateof:3.3.8] +** and later) include ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information -** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled +** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled ** on a per database connection basis using the -** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. -** -** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. -** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand -** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect -** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. -** -** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always -** be exactly zero. +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for +** the most recent error can be obtained using +** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ (SQLITE_ERROR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY (SQLITE_ERROR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_ERROR | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) @@ -1028,16 +830,34 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS (SQLITE_IOERR | (33<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT (SQLITE_BUSY | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_DIRTYWAL (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (5<<8)) /* Not Used */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT (SQLITE_READONLY | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY (SQLITE_READONLY | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) @@ -1048,9 +868,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PINNED (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_DATATYPE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(12<<8)) #define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RBU (SQLITE_NOTICE | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY (SQLITE_OK | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK (SQLITE_OK | (2<<8)) /* internal use only */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations @@ -1058,6 +885,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and ** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +** +** Only those flags marked as "Ok for sqlite3_open_v2()" may be +** used as the third argument to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface. +** The other flags have historically been ignored by sqlite3_open_v2(), +** though future versions of SQLite might change so that an error is +** raised if any of the disallowed bits are passed into sqlite3_open_v2(). +** Applications should not depend on the historical behavior. +** +** Note in particular that passing the SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag into +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] does *not* cause the underlying database file +** to be opened using O_EXCL. Passing SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE into +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] has historically be a no-op and might become an +** error in future versions of SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ @@ -1073,14 +913,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW 0x01000000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXRESCODE 0x02000000 /* Extended result codes */ /* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ + /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics @@ -1104,7 +949,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a ** file that were written at the application level might have changed ** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are -** guaranteed to be unchanged. +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC property means that the underlying +** filesystem supports doing multiple write operations atomically when those +** write operations are bracketed by [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] and +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. */ #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 @@ -1119,19 +973,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC 0x00004000 /* ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels ** ** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second ** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods -** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. These values are ordered from +** lest restrictive to most restrictive. +** +** The argument to xLock() is always SHARED or higher. The argument to +** xUnlock is either SHARED or NONE. */ -#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 /* xUnlock() only */ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 /* xLock() or xUnlock() */ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 /* xLock() only */ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 /* xLock() only */ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* xLock() only */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags @@ -1166,7 +1026,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields @@ -1188,7 +1048,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] @@ -1209,7 +1069,14 @@ struct sqlite3_file { **
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or **
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. **
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** xLock() upgrades the database file lock. In other words, xLock() moves the +** database file lock in the direction NONE toward EXCLUSIVE. The argument to +** xLock() is always on of SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE, never +** SQLITE_LOCK_NONE. If the database file lock is already at or above the +** requested lock, then the call to xLock() is a no-op. +** xUnlock() downgrades the database file lock to either SHARED or NONE. +* If the lock is already at or below the requested lock state, then the call +** to xUnlock() is a no-op. ** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, ** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, ** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true @@ -1225,7 +1092,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. -** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should ** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not @@ -1250,6 +1117,10 @@ struct sqlite3_file { **
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] **
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] **
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC] ** ** ** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of @@ -1298,19 +1169,21 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { /* ** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} ** ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method ** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] ** interface. ** +**
      +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This ** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of ** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], ** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) -** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability -** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST -** is defined. -**
        +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. +** This capability is only available if SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_DEBUG]. +** **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS ** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the @@ -1319,10 +1192,19 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database ** file run faster. ** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT] opcode is used by in-memory VFS that +** implements [sqlite3_deserialize()] to set an upper bound on the size +** of the in-memory database. The argument is a pointer to a [sqlite3_int64]. +** If the integer pointed to is negative, then it is filled in with the +** current limit. Otherwise the limit is set to the larger of the value +** of the integer pointed to and the current database size. The integer +** pointed to is set to the new limit. +** **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and @@ -1331,19 +1213,38 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer ** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database -** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for -** additional information. +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either +** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]. ** **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] -** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by -** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method -** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ -** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly -** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most -** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. -** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this -** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes -** that do require it. +** No longer in use. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and +** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with +** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced +** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated +** string containing the transactions super-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite +** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately +** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal +** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic @@ -1356,7 +1257,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) ** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections ** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two -** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integers where the first integer is the new retry count and the second ** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting ** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written ** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be @@ -1365,7 +1266,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the ** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary -** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** write ahead log ([WAL file]) and shared memory +** files used for transaction control ** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database ** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after ** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not @@ -1390,13 +1292,13 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. ** **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the -** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with @@ -1405,8 +1307,17 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control ** is intended for diagnostic use only. ** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level +** [VFSes] currently in use. ^(The argument X in +** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be +** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **". This opcodes will set *X +** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^ +** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the +** upper-most shim only. +** **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] -** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding ** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument ** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of @@ -1417,11 +1328,13 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] ** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or ** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal ** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the ** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op -** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy +** of the result string if the string is non-NULL. +** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns ** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means ** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the ** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] @@ -1432,16 +1345,16 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] ** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle ** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access -** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) +** to the connection's busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void**) ** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points -** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connection's ** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in ** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation ** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the ** current operation. ** **
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] -** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** ^Applications can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control ** to have SQLite generate a ** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate ** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The @@ -1455,16 +1368,152 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that ** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The ** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if -** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit ** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This ** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. ** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a +** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending +** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it +** was first opened. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the +** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle. This file +** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and +** writes the resulting value there. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one +** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing +** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might +** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately +** available. The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare +** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion. +** Applications should not use this file-control. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other +** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by +** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for +** this opcode. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then +** the file descriptor is placed in "batch write mode", which +** means all subsequent write operations will be deferred and done +** atomically at the next [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. Systems +** that do not support batch atomic writes will return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. +** ^Following a successful SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE and prior to +** the closing [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] or +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE], SQLite will make +** no VFS interface calls on the same [sqlite3_file] file descriptor +** except for calls to the xWrite method and the xFileControl method +** with [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write +** operations since the previous successful call to +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. +** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were +** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. +** ^Regardless of whether or not it is successful, this file control takes +** the file descriptor out of batch write mode so that all subsequent +** write operations are independent. +** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE without +** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write +** operations since the previous successful call to +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. +** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode +** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. +** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without +** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS +** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to +** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. +** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains +** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed +** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to +** a database file. The argument is a pointer to a 32-bit unsigned integer. +** The "data version" for the pager is written into the pointer. The +** "data version" changes whenever any change occurs to the corresponding +** database file, either through SQL statements on the same database +** connection or through transactions committed by separate database +** connections possibly in other processes. The [sqlite3_total_changes()] +** interface can be used to find if any database on the connection has changed, +** but that interface responds to changes on TEMP as well as MAIN and does +** not provide a mechanism to detect changes to MAIN only. Also, the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface responds to internal changes only and +** omits changes made by other database connections. The +** [PRAGMA data_version] command provides a mechanism to detect changes to +** a single attached database that occur due to other database connections, +** but omits changes implemented by the database connection on which it is +** called. This file control is the only mechanism to detect changes that +** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with +** a particular attached database. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint +** in wal mode before the client starts to copy pages from the wal +** file to the database file. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint +** in wal mode after the client has finished copying pages from the wal +** file to the database file, but before the *-shm file is updated to +** record the fact that the pages have been checkpointed. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_EXTERNAL_READER]] +** The EXPERIMENTAL [SQLITE_FCNTL_EXTERNAL_READER] opcode is used to detect +** whether or not there is a database client in another process with a wal-mode +** transaction open on the database or not. It is only available on unix.The +** (void*) argument passed with this file-control should be a pointer to a +** value of type (int). The integer value is set to 1 if the database is a wal +** mode database and there exists at least one client in another process that +** currently has an SQL transaction open on the database. It is set to 0 if +** the database is not a wal-mode db, or if there is no such connection in any +** other process. This opcode cannot be used to detect transactions opened +** by clients within the current process, only within other processes. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKSM_FILE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKSM_FILE] opcode is for use interally by the +** [checksum VFS shim] only. +** +**
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_RESET_CACHE]] +** If there is currently no transaction open on the database, and the +** database is not a temp db, then the [SQLITE_FCNTL_RESET_CACHE] file-control +** purges the contents of the in-memory page cache. If there is an open +** transaction, or if the db is a temp-db, this opcode is a no-op, not an error. **
      */ #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 -#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 -#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 -#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO 4 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 @@ -1478,6 +1527,36 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { #define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK 24 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS 25 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU 26 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER 27 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER 28 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE 29 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB 30 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE 31 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE 32 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE 33 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT 34 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT 36 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE 37 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES 38 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START 39 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_EXTERNAL_READER 40 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKSM_FILE 41 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RESET_CACHE 42 + +/* deprecated names */ +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO + /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle @@ -1491,6 +1570,36 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { */ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; +/* +** CAPI3REF: Loadable Extension Thunk +** +** A pointer to the opaque sqlite3_api_routines structure is passed as +** the third parameter to entry points of [loadable extensions]. This +** structure must be typedefed in order to work around compiler warnings +** on some platforms. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Name +** +** Type [sqlite3_filename] is used by SQLite to pass filenames to the +** xOpen method of a [VFS]. It may be cast to (const char*) and treated +** as a normal, nul-terminated, UTF-8 buffer containing the filename, but +** may also be passed to special APIs such as: +** +**
        +**
      • sqlite3_filename_database() +**
      • sqlite3_filename_journal() +**
      • sqlite3_filename_wal() +**
      • sqlite3_uri_parameter() +**
      • sqlite3_uri_boolean() +**
      • sqlite3_uri_int64() +**
      • sqlite3_uri_key() +**
      +*/ +typedef const char *sqlite3_filename; + /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object ** @@ -1499,12 +1608,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See ** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** -** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in -** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this -** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure -** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between -** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not -** modified. +** The VFS interface is sometimes extended by adding new methods onto +** the end. Each time such an extension occurs, the iVersion field +** is incremented. The iVersion value started out as 1 in +** SQLite [version 3.5.0] on [dateof:3.5.0], then increased to 2 +** with SQLite [version 3.7.0] on [dateof:3.7.0], and then increased +** to 3 with SQLite [version 3.7.6] on [dateof:3.7.6]. Additional fields +** may be appended to the sqlite3_vfs object and the iVersion value +** may increase again in future versions of SQLite. +** Note that due to an oversight, the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changed in the transition from +** SQLite [version 3.5.9] to [version 3.6.0] on [dateof:3.6.0] +** and yet the iVersion field was not increased. ** ** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] ** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of @@ -1539,14 +1654,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** @@ -1560,7 +1675,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] **
    )^ ** @@ -1588,14 +1703,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite -** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third ** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to ** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that ** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either @@ -1608,8 +1723,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] ** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to ** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] -** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a -** directory. +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ +** flag is never actually used and is not implemented in the built-in +** VFSes of SQLite. The file is named by the second argument and can be a +** directory. The xAccess method returns [SQLITE_OK] on success or some +** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of +** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK +** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate +** whether or not the file is accessible. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer @@ -1629,16 +1750,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden @@ -1657,7 +1778,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ - int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_filename zName, sqlite3_file*, int flags, int *pOutFlags); int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); @@ -1684,8 +1805,8 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. - ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. + ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; @@ -1729,7 +1850,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { ** ** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given no the corresponding lock. +** was given on the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED @@ -1840,15 +1961,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); ** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is ** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. ** -** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application -** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other -** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() -** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using -** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before -** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. -** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the -** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. ** ** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer ** [configuration option] that determines @@ -1856,6 +1971,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); ** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** +** For most configuration options, the sqlite3_config() interface +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** The exceptional configuration options that may be invoked at any time +** are called "anytime configuration options". +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] with a first argument that is not an anytime +** configuration option, then the sqlite3_config() call will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** ** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option ** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. @@ -1864,6 +1990,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to @@ -1871,7 +1998,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** @@ -1889,7 +2016,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative @@ -1919,17 +2046,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** -** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, -** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, +** it might allocate any required mutexes or initialize internal data ** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired ** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to ** xInit and xShutdown. ** -** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN] mutex when it invokes ** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite @@ -1962,6 +2089,23 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. ** +** Most of the configuration options for sqlite3_config() +** will only work if invoked prior to [sqlite3_initialize()] or after +** [sqlite3_shutdown()]. The few exceptions to this rule are called +** "anytime configuration options". +** ^Calling [sqlite3_config()] with a first argument that is not an +** anytime configuration option in between calls to [sqlite3_initialize()] and +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] is a no-op that returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +** +** The set of anytime configuration options can change (by insertions +** and/or deletions) from one release of SQLite to the next. +** As of SQLite version 3.42.0, the complete set of anytime configuration +** options is: +**
      +**
    • SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG +**
    • SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ +**
    +** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications ** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that @@ -1977,7 +2121,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option. ** @@ -2012,31 +2156,44 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies +**
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of ** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +**
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example.
    ** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC
    +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC option takes single argument of +** type int, interpreted as a boolean, which if true provides a hint to +** SQLite that it should avoid large memory allocations if possible. +** SQLite will run faster if it is free to make large memory allocations, +** but some application might prefer to run slower in exchange for +** guarantees about memory fragmentation that are possible if large +** allocations are avoided. This hint is normally off. +**
    +** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    -**
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a -** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation -** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the -** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int, +** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of +** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are +** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: **
      +**
    • [sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64()] **
    • [sqlite3_memory_used()] **
    • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] **
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] -**
    • [sqlite3_status()] +**
    • [sqlite3_status64()] **
    )^ ** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is ** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory @@ -2044,53 +2201,53 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be -** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), -** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz -** argument must be a multiple of 16. -** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer -** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So -** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. -** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 -** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional -** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then -** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    +**
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option is no longer used. +**
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. -** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page -** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. -** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned -** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool +** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page +** cache implementation. +** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page +** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to +** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz), +** and the number of cache lines (N). ** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page -** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each -** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on -** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, -** to make sz a little too large. The first -** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its -** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional -** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then -** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. -** The pointer in the first argument must -** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite -** will be undefined.
    +** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each +** page header. ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header +** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]. +** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary. The pMem +** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte +** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise +** subsequent behavior is undefined. +** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided +** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if +** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer +** is exhausted. +** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection +** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or +** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial +** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each +** additional cache line. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use -** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided -** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. -** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs +** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled +** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: +** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, ** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. ** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts ** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), ** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the -** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory +** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte ** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. @@ -2098,11 +2255,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies -** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place -** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the -** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +**
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a +** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used +** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of +** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to @@ -2110,8 +2267,8 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +**
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation @@ -2123,31 +2280,31 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    -**
    ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default -** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each -** [database connection]. The first argument is the +**
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine +** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection]. +** The first argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of -** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the -** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] -** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE +** sets the default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to -** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface -** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the -** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    +**
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies +** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ +** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current -** page cache implementation into that object.)^
    +**
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of +** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    **
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite ** global [error log]. ** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. @@ -2164,27 +2321,29 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** function must be threadsafe.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI -**
    This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then -** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling -** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames -** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +**
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int. +** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, +** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally +** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], +** [sqlite3_open16()] or ** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless ** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database -** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are ** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the -** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally ** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the -** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined. +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN -**
    This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as -** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for -** full table scans in the query optimizer. The default setting is determined +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer +** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable +** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer. +** ^The default setting is determined ** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" ** if that compile-time option is omitted. ** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans ** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction -** malfunction when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to ** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work ** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. ** @@ -2213,41 +2372,115 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +**
    ^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values ** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for ** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. -** The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using ** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. The maximum allowed mmap size -** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size -** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the -** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option. -** If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the +** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is ** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is +** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro +** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which +** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra +** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler, +** target platform, and SQLite version. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which +** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded +** sorter to that integer. The default minimum PMA Size is set by the +** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option. New threads are launched +** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting +** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content +** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the +** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL +**
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) +** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. +** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held +** exclusively in memory. +** Since many statement journals never become large, setting the spill +** threshold to a value such as 64KiB can greatly reduce the amount of +** I/O required to support statement rollback. +** The default value for this setting is controlled by the +** [SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL] compile-time option. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE +**
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option accepts a single parameter +** of type (int) - the new value of the sorter-reference size threshold. +** Usually, when SQLite uses an external sort to order records according +** to an ORDER BY clause, all fields required by the caller are present in the +** sorted records. However, if SQLite determines based on the declared type +** of a table column that its values are likely to be very large - larger +** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference +** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded +** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default +** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a +** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. +** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE +**
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE option accepts a single parameter +** [sqlite3_int64] parameter which is the default maximum size for an in-memory +** database created using [sqlite3_deserialize()]. This default maximum +** size can be adjusted up or down for individual databases using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT] [sqlite3_file_control|file-control]. If this +** configuration setting is never used, then the default maximum is determined +** by the [SQLITE_MEMDB_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE] compile-time option. If that +** compile-time option is not set, then the default maximum is 1073741824. ** */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ 24 /* int *psz */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ 25 /* unsigned int szPma */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL 26 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC 27 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE 28 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE 29 /* sqlite3_int64 */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options @@ -2263,8 +2496,9 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** is invoked. ** **
    +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    -**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. @@ -2280,11 +2514,12 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that ** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words ** when the "current value" returned by -** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside -** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
    ** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]] **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    **
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of ** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. @@ -2295,6 +2530,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    ** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER]] **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    **
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. ** There should be two additional arguments. @@ -2303,17 +2539,292 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in -** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. +** +**

    Originally this option disabled all triggers. ^(However, since +** SQLite version 3.35.0, TEMP triggers are still allowed even if +** this option is off. So, in other words, this option now only disables +** triggers in the main database schema or in the schemas of ATTACH-ed +** databases.)^

    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE VIEW | views]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable views, +** positive to enable views or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether views are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the view setting is not reported back. +** +**

    Originally this option disabled all views. ^(However, since +** SQLite version 3.35.0, TEMP views are still allowed even if +** this option is off. So, in other words, this option now only disables +** views in the main database schema or in the schemas of ATTACH-ed +** databases.)^

    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the +** [fts3_tokenizer()] function which is part of the +** [FTS3] full-text search engine extension. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable fts3_tokenizer() or +** positive to enable fts3_tokenizer() or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether fts3_tokenizer is disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the new setting is not reported back.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the [sqlite3_load_extension()] +** interface independently of the [load_extension()] SQL function. +** The [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] API enables or disables both the +** C-API [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** When the first argument to this interface is 1, then only the C-API is +** enabled and the SQL function remains disabled. If the first argument to +** this interface is 0, then both the C-API and the SQL function are disabled. +** If the first argument is -1, then no changes are made to state of either the +** C-API or the SQL function. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface +** is disabled or enabled following this call. The second parameter may +** be a NULL pointer, in which case the new setting is not reported back. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME]]
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME
    +**
    ^This option is used to change the name of the "main" database +** schema. ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string +** which will become the new schema name in place of "main". ^SQLite +** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application +** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged +** until after the database connection closes. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE
    +**
    Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a +** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no +** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint +** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to +** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation +** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the +** default) to enable them, and negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer +** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close +** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG]]
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG
    +**
    ^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates +** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG). When the QPSG is active, +** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless +** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations +** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries +** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With +** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as +** was used during testing in the lab. +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled +** following this call. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]]
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP
    +**
    By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not +** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This +** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this +** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - +** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, +** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written +** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if +** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]]
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE
    +**
    Set the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE flag and then run +** [VACUUM] in order to reset a database back to an empty database +** with no schema and no content. The following process works even for +** a badly corrupted database file: +**
      +**
    1. If the database connection is newly opened, make sure it has read the +** database schema by preparing then discarding some query against the +** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any +** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep +** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before +** the reset. +**
    2. sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); +**
    3. [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); +**
    4. sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); +**
    +** Because resetting a database is destructive and irreversible, the +** process requires the use of this obscure API and multiple steps to +** help ensure that it does not happen by accident. Because this +** feature must be capable of resetting corrupt databases, and +** shutting down virtual tables may require access to that corrupt +** storage, the library must abandon any installed virtual tables +** without calling their xDestroy() methods. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]]
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the +** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive +** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to +** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled +** features include but are not limited to the following: +**
      +**
    • The [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] statement. +**
    • The [PRAGMA journal_mode=OFF] statement. +**
    • The [PRAGMA schema_version=N] statement. +**
    • Writes to the [sqlite_dbpage] virtual table. +**
    • Direct writes to [shadow tables]. +**
    +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA]]
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the +** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent +** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF]. +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to +** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an +** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema +** is enabled or disabled following this call. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE option activates or deactivates +** the legacy behavior of the [ALTER TABLE RENAME] command such it +** behaves as it did prior to [version 3.24.0] (2018-06-04). See the +** "Compatibility Notice" on the [ALTER TABLE RENAME documentation] for +** additional information. This feature can also be turned on and off +** using the [PRAGMA legacy_alter_table] statement. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML option activates or deactivates +** the legacy [double-quoted string literal] misfeature for DML statements +** only, that is DELETE, INSERT, SELECT, and UPDATE statements. The +** default value of this setting is determined by the [-DSQLITE_DQS] +** compile-time option. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS option activates or deactivates +** the legacy [double-quoted string literal] misfeature for DDL statements, +** such as CREATE TABLE and CREATE INDEX. The +** default value of this setting is determined by the [-DSQLITE_DQS] +** compile-time option. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option tells SQLite to +** assume that database schemas are untainted by malicious content. +** When the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option is disabled, SQLite +** takes additional defensive steps to protect the application from harm +** including: +**
      +**
    • Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views, +** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, +** partial indexes, or generated columns +** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]. +**
    • Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views +** unless those virtual tables are tagged with [SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS]. +**
    +** This setting defaults to "on" for legacy compatibility, however +** all applications are advised to turn it off if possible. This setting +** can also be controlled using the [PRAGMA trusted_schema] statement. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT option activates or deactivates +** the legacy file format flag. When activated, this flag causes all newly +** created database file to have a schema format version number (the 4-byte +** integer found at offset 44 into the database header) of 1. This in turn +** means that the resulting database file will be readable and writable by +** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting, +** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions +** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there +** is now scarcely any need to generate database files that are compatible +** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little +** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the +** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version +** 3.0.0. +**

    Note that when the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT setting is on, +** the [VACUUM] command will fail with an obscure error when attempting to +** process a table with generated columns and a descending index. This is +** not considered a bug since SQLite versions 3.3.0 and earlier do not support +** either generated columns or decending indexes. +**

    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_STMT_SCANSTATUS]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_STMT_SCANSTATUS
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_STMT_SCANSTATUS option is only useful in +** SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS builds. In this case, it sets or clears +** a flag that enables collection of the sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_v2() +** statistics. For statistics to be collected, the flag must be set on +** the database handle both when the SQL statement is prepared and when it +** is stepped. The flag is set (collection of statistics is enabled) +** by default. This option takes two arguments: an integer and a pointer to +** an integer.. The first argument is 1, 0, or -1 to enable, disable, or +** leave unchanged the statement scanstatus option. If the second argument +** is not NULL, then the value of the statement scanstatus setting after +** processing the first argument is written into the integer that the second +** argument points to. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_REVERSE_SCANORDER]] +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_REVERSE_SCANORDER
    +**
    The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_REVERSE_SCANORDER option changes the default order +** in which tables and indexes are scanned so that the scans start at the end +** and work toward the beginning rather than starting at the beginning and +** working toward the end. Setting SQLITE_DBCONFIG_REVERSE_SCANORDER is the +** same as setting [PRAGMA reverse_unordered_selects]. This option takes +** two arguments which are an integer and a pointer to an integer. The first +** argument is 1, 0, or -1 to enable, disable, or leave unchanged the +** reverse scan order flag, respectively. If the second argument is not NULL, +** then 0 or 1 is written into the integer that the second argument points to +** depending on if the reverse scan order flag is set after processing the +** first argument. +**
    ** ** */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ - +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME 1000 /* const char* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE 1006 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG 1007 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP 1008 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE 1009 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE 1010 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA 1011 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE 1012 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML 1013 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL 1014 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW 1015 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT 1016 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA 1017 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_STMT_SCANSTATUS 1018 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_REVERSE_SCANORDER 1019 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAX 1019 /* Largest DBCONFIG */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the ** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result @@ -2323,27 +2834,40 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed ** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If ** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column ** is another alias for the rowid. ** -** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent -** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] -** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines -** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables]. -** ^If no successful [INSERT]s -** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of +** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not +** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred +** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns +** zero. ** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] -** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted -** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. -** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned -** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual -** table method began.)^ +** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database +** tables, the value returned by this function may be set explicitly by +** [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] +** +** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as +** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory +** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid +** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to +** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid +** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original +** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning +** control to the user. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will +** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is +** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this @@ -2370,88 +2894,123 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set the Last Insert Rowid value. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to +** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R +** without inserting a row into the database. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); + /* ** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed -** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement -** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. -** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], -** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by -** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the -** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes -** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. +** ^These functions return the number of rows modified, inserted or +** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE +** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter. +** The two functions are identical except for the type of the return value +** and that if the number of rows modified by the most recent INSERT, UPDATE +** or DELETE is greater than the maximum value supported by type "int", then +** the return value of sqlite3_changes() is undefined. ^Executing any other +** type of SQL statement does not modify the value returned by these functions. ** -** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] -** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. +** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. ** -** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table -** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that -** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, -** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other -** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** tables are counted. ** -** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and -** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. -** Most SQL statements are -** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" -** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a -** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one -** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. +** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is +** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the +** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback +** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: ** -** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does -** not create a new trigger context. +**
      +**
    • ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ ** -** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the -** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same -** trigger context. +**
    • ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ +**
    ** -** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the -** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, -** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of -** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** statement within the body of the same trigger. -** However, the number returned does not include changes -** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ -** -** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the -** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. +** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned ** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +** +** See also: +**
      +**
    • the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface +**
    • the [count_changes pragma] +**
    • the [changes() SQL function] +**
    • the [data_version pragma] +**
    */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_changes64(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], -** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. -** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes -** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by -** [foreign key actions]. However, -** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, -** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The -** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], -** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes -** are counted.)^ -** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as -** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle -** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). +** ^These functions return the total number of rows inserted, modified or +** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed +** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as +** part of trigger programs. The two functions are identical except for the +** type of the return value and that if the number of rows modified by the +** connection exceeds the maximum value supported by type "int", then +** the return value of sqlite3_total_changes() is undefined. ^Executing +** any other type of SQL statement does not affect the value returned by +** sqlite3_total_changes(). ** -** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the -** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. +** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the +** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** are not counted. +** +** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number +** of rows that changed due to SQL statement run against database +** connection D. Any changes by other database connections are ignored. +** To detect changes against a database file from other database +** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +** +** See also: +**
      +**
    • the [sqlite3_changes()] interface +**
    • the [count_changes pragma] +**
    • the [changes() SQL function] +**
    • the [data_version pragma] +**
    • the [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control] +**
    */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_total_changes64(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and ** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically @@ -2475,8 +3034,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the -** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are ** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). @@ -2484,10 +3043,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements ** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. ** -** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] -** is running then bad things will likely happen. +** ^The [sqlite3_is_interrupted(D)] interface can be used to determine whether +** or not an interrupt is currently in effect for [database connection] D. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_is_interrupted(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete @@ -2510,7 +3070,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero @@ -2527,28 +3087,36 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever -** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread -** or process has locked. +** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X +** that might be invoked with argument P whenever +** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with +** [database connection] D when another thread +** or process has the table locked. +** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout]. ** -** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] ** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback ** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. ** ** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which ** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to ** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has -** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the +** been invoked previously for the same locking event. ^If the ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to -** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned +** to the application. ** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt -** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats. ** ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. +** to the application instead of invoking the +** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying @@ -2562,57 +3130,48 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** ** ^The default busy callback is NULL. ** -** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the -** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will -** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs -** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache -** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent -** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory -** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error -** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to -** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion -** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the -** -** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why -** this is important. -** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each ** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any ** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] -** will also set or clear the busy handler. +** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the +** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler. ** ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the -** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, +** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. -** +** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps ** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler ** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping ** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, ** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return -** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ** ** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero ** turns off all busy handlers. ** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular -** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler +** [database connection] at any given moment. If another busy handler ** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +** +** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); /* ** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. ** Use of this interface is not recommended. @@ -2648,9 +3207,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); ** Cindy | 21 ** ** -** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the +** There are two columns (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the ** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored -** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: +** in an array named azResult. Then azResult holds this content: ** ** 
     **        azResult[0] = "Name";
@@ -2698,12 +3257,16 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 **
 ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
 ** from the standard C library.
+** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from
+** the standard library printf()
+** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]).
+** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details.
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
-** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()].
 ** The strings returned by these two routines should be
 ** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
-** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
+** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc64()] is unable to allocate enough
 ** memory to hold the resulting string.
 **
 ** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
@@ -2727,65 +3290,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
 **
-** These routines all implement some additional formatting
-** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
-** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
-** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
-**
-** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
-** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
-** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
-** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
-** the string.
-**
-** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
-**
-** 
    -**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-** 
    
-**
-** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
-**
-** 
    -**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** 
    
-**
-** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
-** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
-**
-** 
    -**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-** 
    
-**
-** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
-** would have looked like this:
-**
-** 
    -**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-** 
    
-**
-** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
-** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
-**
-** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
-** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
-** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
-** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
-**
-** 
    -**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** 
    
-**
-** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
-** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
-** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
-** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
+** See also:  [built-in printf()], [printf() SQL function]
 */
 SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
 SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
@@ -2797,7 +3302,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
 **
 ** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
 ** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
-** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
+** does not include operating-system specific [VFS] implementation.  The
 ** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
@@ -2807,6 +3312,10 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
 ** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
 ** a NULL pointer.
 **
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
+** of a signed 32-bit integer.
+**
 ** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
 ** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
 ** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
@@ -2818,41 +3327,42 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
 ** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
 ** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
 **
-** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
-** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.
+** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
 ** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** sqlite3_malloc(N).
+** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
 ** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** sqlite3_free(X).
+** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
 ** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
 ** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
-** is not freed.
+** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
+** prior allocation is not freed.
 **
-** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
+** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
+** of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
+** of bytes requested when X was allocated.  ^If X is a NULL pointer then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero.  If X points to something that is not
+** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
+** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
+** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
 ** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
 ** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
 ** option is used.
 **
-** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
-** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
-** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
-**
-** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
-** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
-** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
-** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
-** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
 ** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
 ** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
 ** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
@@ -2863,8 +3373,11 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
 ** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
@@ -2898,15 +3411,18 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
 ** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
 ** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
 ** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
-** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
+** the built-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
 ** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
 **
 ** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer.
 **
-** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
-** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
-** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
+** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is
+** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of
+** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a
+** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated
 ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
 ** method.
 */
@@ -2914,12 +3430,15 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** KEYWORDS: {authorizer callback}
 **
 ** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
 ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
 ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
 ** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()],
+** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()].  ^At various
 ** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
 ** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
 ** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
@@ -2935,14 +3454,16 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
 ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied. 
+** access is denied.
 **
 ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
 ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
 ** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
 ** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
-** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
-** details about the action to be authorized.
+** to the callback are either NULL pointers or zero-terminated strings
+** that contain additional details about the action to be authorized.
+** Applications must always be prepared to encounter a NULL pointer in any
+** of the third through the sixth parameters of the authorization callback.
 **
 ** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
 ** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
@@ -2951,6 +3472,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
 ** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
 ** columns of a table.
+** ^When a table is referenced by a [SELECT] but no column values are
+** extracted from that table (for example in a query like
+** "SELECT count(*) FROM tab") then the [SQLITE_READ] authorizer callback
+** is invoked once for that table with a column name that is an empty string.
 ** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
 ** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
 ** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
@@ -2982,7 +3507,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
 ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
 ** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
 ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
 **
@@ -3007,8 +3532,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
 ** information.
 **
-** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
-** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
+** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
 */
 #define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
 #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
@@ -3066,9 +3591,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 #define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
 #define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
 #define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** These routines are deprecated. Use the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] interface
+** instead of the routines described here.
 **
 ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
 ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
@@ -3091,25 +3621,120 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 ** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
 ** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
 ** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
-** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
-** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
-** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
+** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  Invoking
+** either [sqlite3_trace()] or [sqlite3_trace_v2()] will cancel the
+** profile callback.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
    void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Event Codes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TRACE
+**
+** These constants identify classes of events that can be monitored
+** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic.  The M argument
+** to [sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P)] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of
+** the following constants.  ^The first argument to the trace callback
+** is one of the following constants.
+**
+** New tracing constants may be added in future releases.
+**
+** ^A trace callback has four arguments: xCallback(T,C,P,X).
+** ^The T argument is one of the integer type codes above.
+** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer passed in as the
+** fourth argument to [sqlite3_trace_v2()].
+** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T.
+**
+** 
    
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_STMT]] 
    SQLITE_TRACE_STMT
    
+** 
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_STMT callback is invoked when a prepared statement
+** first begins running and possibly at other times during the
+** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each
+** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the
+** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which
+** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment
+** that indicates the invocation of a trigger.  ^The callback can compute
+** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()]
+** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking
+** [sqlite3_expanded_sql(P)] otherwise.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE]] 
    SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE
    
+** 
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback provides approximately the same
+** information as is provided by the [sqlite3_profile()] callback.
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
+** X argument points to a 64-bit integer which is approximately
+** the number of nanoseconds that the prepared statement took to run.
+** ^The SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback is invoked when the statement finishes.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] 
    SQLITE_TRACE_ROW
    
+** 
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared
+** statement generates a single row of result.
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
+** X argument is unused.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE]] 
    SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE
    
+** 
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE callback is invoked when a database
+** connection closes.
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [database connection] object
+** and the X argument is unused.
+** 
    
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_STMT       0x01
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE    0x02
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_ROW        0x04
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE      0x08
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Hook
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P) interface registers a trace callback
+** function X against [database connection] D, using property mask M
+** and context pointer P.  ^If the X callback is
+** NULL or if the M mask is zero, then tracing is disabled.  The
+** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of
+** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants.
+**
+** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides
+** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2().
+**
+** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by
+** mask M occur.  ^The integer return value from the callback is currently
+** ignored, though this may change in future releases.  Callback
+** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility.
+**
+** ^A trace callback is invoked with four arguments: callback(T,C,P,X).
+** ^The T argument is one of the [SQLITE_TRACE]
+** constants to indicate why the callback was invoked.
+** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer.
+** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T.
+**
+** The sqlite3_trace_v2() interface is intended to replace the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_trace()] and [sqlite3_profile()], both of which
+** are deprecated.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2(
+  sqlite3*,
+  unsigned uMask,
+  int(*xCallback)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),
+  void *pCtx
+);
+
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
 ** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
-** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
+** [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_prepare()] and similar for
 ** database connection D.  An example use for this
 ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
 **
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
-** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
+** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
 ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
 ** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
 ** handler is disabled.
@@ -3129,13 +3754,21 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
 ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
 ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
+** The progress handler callback would originally only be invoked from the
+** bytecode engine.  It still might be invoked during [sqlite3_prepare()]
+** and similar because those routines might force a reparse of the schema
+** which involves running the bytecode engine.  However, beginning with
+** SQLite version 3.41.0, the progress handler callback might also be
+** invoked directly from [sqlite3_prepare()] while analyzing and generating
+** code for complex queries.
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
 **
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
 ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
 ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
 ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
@@ -3148,9 +3781,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 ** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
 ** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
 **
-** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  ^The default encoding for databases
+** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order.
 **
 ** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
 ** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
@@ -3159,20 +3792,23 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 ** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
 ** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
 ** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
-** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
-** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
+** sqlite3_open_v2() must include, at a minimum, one of the following
+** three flag combinations:)^
 **
 ** 
    
 ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    
-** 
    The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
-** already exist, an error is returned.
    )^
+** 
    The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does
+** not already exist, an error is returned.
    )^
 **
 ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
    
-** 
    The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
-** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
-** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
    )^
+** 
    The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or
+** reading only if the file is write protected by the operating
+** system.  In either case the database must already exist, otherwise
+** an error is returned.  For historical reasons, if opening in
+** read-write mode fails due to OS-level permissions, an attempt is
+** made to open it in read-only mode. [sqlite3_db_readonly()] can be
+** used to determine whether the database is actually
+** read-write.
    )^
 **
 ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
    
 ** 
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
@@ -3180,22 +3816,69 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
    )^
 ** 
    
 **
-** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
-** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
-** then the behavior is undefined.
+** In addition to the required flags, the following optional flags are
+** also supported:
 **
-** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
-** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
-** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
-** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
-** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
-** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
-** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
-** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+** 
    
+** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_URI]
    
+** 
    The filename can be interpreted as a URI if this flag is set.
    )^
+**
+** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY]
    
+** 
    The database will be opened as an in-memory database.  The database
+** is named by the "filename" argument for the purposes of cache-sharing,
+** if shared cache mode is enabled, but the "filename" is otherwise ignored.
+** 
    )^
+**
+** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX]
    
+** 
    The new database connection will use the "multi-thread"
+** [threading mode].)^  This means that separate threads are allowed
+** to use SQLite at the same time, as long as each thread is using
+** a different [database connection].
+**
+** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX]
    
+** 
    The new database connection will use the "serialized"
+** [threading mode].)^  This means the multiple threads can safely
+** attempt to use the same database connection at the same time.
+** (Mutexes will block any actual concurrency, but in this mode
+** there is no harm in trying.)
+**
+** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]
    
+** 
    The database is opened [shared cache] enabled, overriding
+** the default shared cache setting provided by
+** [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].)^
+** The [use of shared cache mode is discouraged] and hence shared cache
+** capabilities may be omitted from many builds of SQLite.  In such cases,
+** this option is a no-op.
+**
+** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE]
    
+** 
    The database is opened [shared cache] disabled, overriding
+** the default shared cache setting provided by
+** [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].)^
+**
+** [[OPEN_EXRESCODE]] ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_EXRESCODE]
    
+** 
    The database connection comes up in "extended result code mode".
+** In other words, the database behaves has if
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes(db,1)] where called on the database
+** connection as soon as the connection is created. In addition to setting
+** the extended result code mode, this flag also causes [sqlite3_open_v2()]
+** to return an extended result code.
    
+**
+** [[OPEN_NOFOLLOW]] ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW]
    
+** 
    The database filename is not allowed to contain a symbolic link
    
+** 
    )^
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** required combinations shown above optionally combined with other
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
+** then the behavior is undefined.  Historic versions of SQLite
+** have silently ignored surplus bits in the flags parameter to
+** sqlite3_open_v2(), however that behavior might not be carried through
+** into future versions of SQLite and so applications should not rely
+** upon it.  Note in particular that the SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag is a no-op
+** for sqlite3_open_v2().  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE does *not* cause
+** the open to fail if the database already exists.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+** flag is intended for use by the [sqlite3_vfs|VFS interface] only, and not
+** by sqlite3_open_v2().
 **
 ** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
 ** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
@@ -3219,32 +3902,33 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 ** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
 ** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
 ** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
-** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
+** set in the third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
 ** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
 ** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
-** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
+** URI filename interpretation is turned off
 ** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
 ** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
 ** information.
 **
 ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
 ** present, is ignored.
 **
 ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
 ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
-** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
-** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
 **
 ** [[core URI query parameters]]
 ** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
 ** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
-** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the
+** following query parameters:
 **
 ** 
      
 **   
    •  vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
@@ -3257,13 +3941,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **
 **   
    •  mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
 **     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-**     an error)^. 
-**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
-**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
-**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
-**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
-**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
-**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
+**     an error)^.
+**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
+**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
+**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
+**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
+**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
+**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
 **     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
 **     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
@@ -3273,11 +3957,33 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **   
    •  cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
 **     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
 **     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
+**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
 **     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
 **     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
 **     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
 **     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+**
+**  
    •  psow: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the
+**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
+**     storage media on which the database file resides.
+**
+**  
    •  nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
+**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
+**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
+**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
+**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
+**     processes uses nolock=1.
+**
+**  
    •  immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
+**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
+**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
+**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
+**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
+**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
+**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
+**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
+**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
+**
 ** 
    
 **
 ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
@@ -3289,35 +3995,37 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **
 ** 
 ** 
     URI filenames  Results
-** 
     file:data.db  
+** 
     file:data.db 
 **          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
 ** 
     file:/home/fred/data.db
    
-**          file:///home/fred/data.db 
     
-**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db 
         		 
+**          file:///home/fred/data.db 
    
+**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db 
         		
 **          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** 
     file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db  
+** 
     file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db 
 **          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** 
     
+** 
    
 **          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
 **      Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
+**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
 **          necessary - space characters can be used literally
 **          in URI filenames.
-** 
     file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private  
+** 
     file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private 
 **          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
 **          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
 **          default, use a private cache.
-** 
     file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock 
-**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock".
-** 
     file:data.db?mode=readonly  
+** 
     file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile 
+**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
+**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
+** 
     file:data.db?mode=readonly 
 **          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
+**          Use "ro" instead:  "file:data.db?mode=ro".
 ** 
    
 **
 ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
 ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
 ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
 ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
 ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
 ** the results are undefined.
@@ -3352,17 +4060,27 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
 **
-** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations],
+** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
 ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
 **
-** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
-** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
-** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
-** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to
+** as F) must be one of:
+** 
      
+** 
    •  A database filename pointer created by the SQLite core and
+** passed into the xOpen() method of a VFS implemention, or
+** 
    •  A filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], or
+** 
    •  A new filename constructed using [sqlite3_create_filename()].
+** 
    
+** If the F parameter is not one of the above, then the behavior is
+** undefined and probably undesirable.  Older versions of SQLite were
+** more tolerant of invalid F parameters than newer versions.
+**
+** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph)
+** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then
 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
-** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
+** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F and it
 ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
 ** a pointer to an empty string.
 **
@@ -3370,41 +4088,177 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
 ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
 ** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
 ** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The
 ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
 ** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
 ** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
-** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** parameter on F or if the value of P does not match any of the
 ** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
 **
 ** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
 ** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
 ** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
 ** zero is returned.
-** 
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_key(F,N) returns a pointer to the name (not
+** the value) of the N-th query parameter for filename F, or a NULL
+** pointer if N is less than zero or greater than the number of query
+** parameters minus 1.  The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain
+** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and
+** so forth.
+**
 ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
 ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
-** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
-** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
-** undesirable.
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed
+** into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined
+** and probably undesirable.
+**
+** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.31.0] ([dateof:3.31.0]) the input F
+** parameter can also be the name of a rollback journal file or WAL file
+** in addition to the main database file.  Prior to version 3.31.0, these
+** routines would only work if F was the name of the main database file.
+** When the F parameter is the name of the rollback journal or WAL file,
+** it has access to all the same query parameters as were found on the
+** main database file.
+**
+** See the [URI filename] documentation for additional information.
 */
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(sqlite3_filename z, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(sqlite3_filename z, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(sqlite3_filename, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_key(sqlite3_filename z, int N);
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF:  Translate filenames
+**
+** These routines are available to [VFS|custom VFS implementations] for
+** translating filenames between the main database file, the journal file,
+** and the WAL file.
+**
+** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file
+** passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, then sqlite3_filename_database(F)
+** returns the name of the corresponding database file.
+**
+** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file
+** passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, or if F is a database filename
+** obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then sqlite3_filename_journal(F)
+** returns the name of the corresponding rollback journal file.
+**
+** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file
+** that was passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, or if F is a database
+** filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then
+** sqlite3_filename_wal(F) returns the name of the corresponding
+** WAL file.
+**
+** In all of the above, if F is not the name of a database, journal or WAL
+** filename passed into the VFS from the SQLite core and F is not the
+** return value from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then the result is
+** undefined and is likely a memory access violation.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_database(sqlite3_filename);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(sqlite3_filename);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(sqlite3_filename);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF:  Database File Corresponding To A Journal
+**
+** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is
+** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then
+** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file]
+** object that represents the main database file.
+**
+** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations
+** only.  It is not a general-purpose interface.
+** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that
+** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the
+** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL].  Any other use
+** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable
+** behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create and Destroy VFS Filenames
+**
+** These interfces are provided for use by [VFS shim] implementations and
+** are not useful outside of that context.
+**
+** The sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) allocates memory to hold a version of
+** database filename D with corresponding journal file J and WAL file W and
+** with N URI parameters key/values pairs in the array P.  The result from
+** sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) is a pointer to a database filename that
+** is safe to pass to routines like:
+** 
      
+** 
    •  [sqlite3_uri_parameter()],
+** 
    •  [sqlite3_uri_boolean()],
+** 
    •  [sqlite3_uri_int64()],
+** 
    •  [sqlite3_uri_key()],
+** 
    •  [sqlite3_filename_database()],
+** 
    •  [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or
+** 
    •  [sqlite3_filename_wal()].
+** 
    
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, sqlite3_create_filename() might
+** return a NULL pointer.  The memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(X)
+** must be released by a corresponding call to sqlite3_free_filename(Y).
+**
+** The P parameter in sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) should be an array
+** of 2*N pointers to strings.  Each pair of pointers in this array corresponds
+** to a key and value for a query parameter.  The P parameter may be a NULL
+** pointer if N is zero.  None of the 2*N pointers in the P array may be
+** NULL pointers and key pointers should not be empty strings.
+** None of the D, J, or W parameters to sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) may
+** be NULL pointers, though they can be empty strings.
+**
+** The sqlite3_free_filename(Y) routine releases a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename().  Invoking
+** sqlite3_free_filename(Y) where Y is a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other
+** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from
+** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap
+** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should not be
+** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called.  This means
+** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y,
+** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be
+** invoked prior to calling sqlite3_free_filename(Y).
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_filename sqlite3_create_filename(
+  const char *zDatabase,
+  const char *zJournal,
+  const char *zWal,
+  int nParam,
+  const char **azParam
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(sqlite3_filename);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
-** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
-** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
-** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
-** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with
+** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
+** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
+** API call.
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the
 ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
 ** disabled.
 **
+** The values returned by sqlite3_errcode() and/or
+** sqlite3_extended_errcode() might change with each API call.
+** Except, there are some interfaces that are guaranteed to never
+** change the value of the error code.  The error-code preserving
+** interfaces include the following:
+**
+** 
      
+** 
    •  sqlite3_errcode()
+** 
    •  sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** 
    •  sqlite3_errmsg()
+** 
    •  sqlite3_errmsg16()
+** 
    •  sqlite3_error_offset()
+** 
    
+**
 ** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
 ** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
 ** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
@@ -3417,6 +4271,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int
 ** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
 ** and must not be freed by the application)^.
 **
+** ^If the most recent error references a specific token in the input
+** SQL, the sqlite3_error_offset() interface returns the byte offset
+** of the start of that token.  ^The byte offset returned by
+** sqlite3_error_offset() assumes that the input SQL is UTF8.
+** ^If the most recent error does not reference a specific token in the input
+** SQL, then the sqlite3_error_offset() function returns -1.
+**
 ** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
 ** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
 ** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
@@ -3436,35 +4297,37 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_error_offset(sqlite3 *db);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object
 ** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
 **
-** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
-** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
-** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that
+** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
 **
-** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
+** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program.  The
+** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object
+** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
+** prepared statement before it can be run.
+**
+** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this:
 **
 ** 
      
-** 
    1.  Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
-**      function.
-** 
    2.  Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+** 
    3.  Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()].
+** 
    4.  Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
 **      interfaces.
 ** 
    5.  Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
-** 
    6.  Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+** 
    7.  Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
 **      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
 ** 
    8.  Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
 ** 
    
-**
-** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
-** information.
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
 ** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
@@ -3474,7 +4337,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 ** new limit for that construct.)^
 **
 ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a 
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a
 ** [limits | hard upper bound]
 ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
 ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME].
@@ -3482,7 +4345,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
 ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
 **
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
 ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
 ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
 ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
@@ -3533,9 +4396,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    
 ** 
    The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
-** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
-** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
-** SQLite.
    )^
+** used to implement an SQL statement.  If [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
+** the equivalent tries to allocate space for more than this many opcodes
+** in a single prepared statement, an SQLITE_NOMEM error is returned.)^
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    
 ** 
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    )^
@@ -3554,6 +4417,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    
 ** 
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS
    
+** 
    The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single
+** [prepared statement] may start.
    )^
 ** 
 */
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
@@ -3567,33 +4434,85 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS           11
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepare Flags
+**
+** These constants define various flags that can be passed into
+** "prepFlags" parameter of the [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and
+** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] interfaces.
+**
+** New flags may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** 
    
+** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT]] ^(
    SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT
    
+** 
    The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner
+** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and
+** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()]
+** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will
+** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts
+** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to
+** deplete the limited store of lookaside memory. Future versions of
+** SQLite may act on this hint differently.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE]] 
    SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE
    
+** 
    The SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE flag is a no-op. This flag used
+** to be required for any prepared statement that wanted to use the
+** [sqlite3_normalized_sql()] interface.  However, the
+** [sqlite3_normalized_sql()] interface is now available to all
+** prepared statements, regardless of whether or not they use this
+** flag.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB]] 
    SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB
    
+** 
    The SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB flag causes the SQL compiler
+** to return an error (error code SQLITE_ERROR) if the statement uses
+** any virtual tables.
+** 
    
+*/
+#define SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT              0x01
+#define SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE               0x02
+#define SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB                 0x04
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
 ** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
 **
-** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines.
+** To execute an SQL statement, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of these routines.  Or, in other words, these routines
+** are constructors for the [prepared statement] object.
+**
+** The preferred routine to use is [sqlite3_prepare_v2()].  The
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] interface is legacy and should be avoided.
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] has an extra "prepFlags" option that is used
+** for special purposes.
+**
+** The use of the UTF-8 interfaces is preferred, as SQLite currently
+** does all parsing using UTF-8.  The UTF-16 interfaces are provided
+** as a convenience.  The UTF-16 interfaces work by converting the
+** input text into UTF-8, then invoking the corresponding UTF-8 interface.
 **
 ** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
 ** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
 ** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
 **
 ** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
-** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16.
+** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare(), sqlite3_prepare_v2(),
+** and sqlite3_prepare_v3()
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(),
+** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() use UTF-16.
 **
-** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
-** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
-** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
-** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
-** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
-** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
-** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including
-** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
-** make a copy of the input string.
+** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the
+** number of bytes read from zSql.  ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared
+** statement is generated.
+** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then
+** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that
+** is the number of bytes in the input string including
+** the nul-terminator.
 **
 ** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
 ** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
@@ -3611,10 +4530,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
 ** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
 **
-** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
-** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
-** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
-** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** The sqlite3_prepare_v2(), sqlite3_prepare_v3(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(),
+** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() interfaces are recommended for all new programs.
+** The older interfaces (sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16())
+** are retained for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
+** ^In the "vX" interfaces, the prepared statement
 ** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
 ** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
 ** behave differently in three ways:
@@ -3637,18 +4557,23 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 **
    • ** **
  • -** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, -** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been -** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change -** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. -** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column -** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. -** the +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled. **
    • ** +** +**

    ^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having +** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or +** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags. ^The +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as +** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ @@ -3664,6 +4589,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ @@ -3678,26 +4611,73 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original -** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was -** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** ^The sqlite3_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a copy of the UTF-8 +** SQL text used to create [prepared statement] P if P was +** created by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. +** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 +** string containing the SQL text of prepared statement P with +** [bound parameters] expanded. +** ^The sqlite3_normalized_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 +** string containing the normalized SQL text of prepared statement P. The +** semantics used to normalize a SQL statement are unspecified and subject +** to change. At a minimum, literal values will be replaced with suitable +** placeholders. +** +** ^(For example, if a prepared statement is created using the SQL +** text "SELECT $abc,:xyz" and if parameter $abc is bound to integer 2345 +** and parameter :xyz is unbound, then sqlite3_sql() will return +** the original string, "SELECT $abc,:xyz" but sqlite3_expanded_sql() +** will return "SELECT 2345,NULL".)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql() interface returns NULL if insufficient memory +** is available to hold the result, or if the result would exceed the +** the maximum string length determined by the [SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option limits the size of +** bound parameter expansions. ^The [SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE] compile-time +** option causes sqlite3_expanded_sql() to always return NULL. +** +** ^The strings returned by sqlite3_sql(P) and sqlite3_normalized_sql(P) +** are managed by SQLite and are automatically freed when the prepared +** statement is finalized. +** ^The string returned by sqlite3_expanded_sql(P), on the other hand, +** is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and must be freed by the application +** by passing it to [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_normalized_sql() interface is only available if +** the [SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE] compile-time option is defined. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +#endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if ** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or -** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. -** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** @@ -3711,29 +4691,60 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but -** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements -** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since +** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and +** [BEGIN|BEGIN EXCLUSIVE] commands do touch the database and so +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() returns false for those commands. +** +** ^This routine returns false if there is any possibility that the +** statement might change the database file. ^A false return does +** not guarantee that the statement will change the database file. +** ^For example, an UPDATE statement might have a WHERE clause that +** makes it a no-op, but the sqlite3_stmt_readonly() result would still +** be false. ^Similarly, a CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS statement is a +** read-only no-op if the table already exists, but +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() still returns false for such a statement. +** +** ^If prepared statement X is an [EXPLAIN] or [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] +** statement, then sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) returns the same value as +** if the EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN prefix were omitted. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query The EXPLAIN Setting For A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(S) interface returns 1 if the +** prepared statement S is an EXPLAIN statement, or 2 if the +** statement S is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(S) interface returns 0 if S is +** an ordinary statement or a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the -** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using -** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned +** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) -** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. ** ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] -** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database ** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, -** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared ** statements that are holding a transaction open. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); @@ -3751,14 +4762,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies -** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not ** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, @@ -3768,14 +4781,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the ** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. +** ^The sqlite3_value objects returned by [sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value()] +** are protected. ** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. -** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with -** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used as arguments +** to [sqlite3_result_value()], [sqlite3_bind_value()], and +** [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of ** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. */ -typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; +typedef struct sqlite3_value sqlite3_value; /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object @@ -3795,6 +4811,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements ** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} ** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, ** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following @@ -3825,12 +4842,30 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. ** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] -** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 32766). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() ** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter ** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF8 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text16() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF16 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to a well-formed unicode string that is +** either UTF8 if the sixth parameter is SQLITE_UTF8, or UTF16 +** otherwise. +** +** [[byte-order determination rules]] ^The byte-order of +** UTF16 input text is determined by the byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) +** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM +** the byte order is the native byte order of the host +** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in +** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ +** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode +** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters +** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD. ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the @@ -3841,24 +4876,38 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then ** the behavior is undefined. ** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() -** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then +** that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL -** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. ** -** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and -** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or -** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called -** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), -** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. -** ^If the fifth argument is -** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the -** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. -** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then -** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before -** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces controls +** or indicates the lifetime of the object referenced by the third parameter. +** These three options exist: +** ^ (1) A destructor to dispose of the BLOB or string after SQLite has finished +** with it may be passed. ^It is called to dispose of the BLOB or string even +** if the call to the bind API fails, except the destructor is not called if +** the third parameter is a NULL pointer or the fourth parameter is negative. +** ^ (2) The special constant, [SQLITE_STATIC], may be passsed to indicate that +** the application remains responsible for disposing of the object. ^In this +** case, the object and the provided pointer to it must remain valid until +** either the prepared statement is finalized or the same SQL parameter is +** bound to something else, whichever occurs sooner. +** ^ (3) The constant, [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], may be passed to indicate that the +** object is to be copied prior to the return from sqlite3_bind_*(). ^The +** object and pointer to it must remain valid until then. ^SQLite will then +** manage the lifetime of its private copy. +** +** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of +** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE] +** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter. If +** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the +** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different +** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior +** is undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that ** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory @@ -3868,6 +4917,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. ** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. ** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,T,D) routine causes the I-th parameter in +** [prepared statement] S to have an SQL value of NULL, but to also be +** associated with the pointer P of type T. ^D is either a NULL pointer or +** a pointer to a destructor function for P. ^SQLite will invoke the +** destructor D with a single argument of P when it is finished using +** P. The T parameter should be a static string, preferably a string +** literal. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() routine is part of the +** [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** ** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer ** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which ** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], @@ -3880,6 +4938,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an ** [error code] if anything goes wrong. +** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB +** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. ** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter ** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. ** @@ -3887,17 +4948,24 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_pointer(sqlite3_stmt*, int, void*, const char*,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] ** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the @@ -3918,6 +4986,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns ** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. @@ -3934,8 +5003,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); ** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is ** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is ** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was -** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or -** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and @@ -3945,22 +5014,25 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The ** index value returned is suitable for use as the second ** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero ** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter ** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement -** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. @@ -3970,10 +5042,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL -** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the +** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not +** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement +** will always have a positive sqlite3_column_count() but depending on the +** WHERE clause constraints and the table content, it might return no rows. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] */ @@ -3981,6 +5058,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column ** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() @@ -4010,6 +5088,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and ** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in @@ -4034,7 +5113,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); ** ** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or ** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return -** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error +** NULL. ^These routines might also return NULL if a memory allocation error ** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, ** or column that query result column was extracted from. ** @@ -4044,10 +5123,6 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); ** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. ** -** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same -** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are -** undefined. -** ** If two or more threads call one or more ** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] ** for the same [prepared statement] and result column @@ -4062,6 +5137,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. ** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the @@ -4094,17 +5170,20 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using any of +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], +** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] or one of the legacy ** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function ** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. ** ** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend -** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy -** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the -** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "vX" interfaces +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "vX" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy ** interface will continue to be supported. ** ** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], @@ -4148,9 +5227,10 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of -** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from -** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began +** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], +** sqlite3_step() began ** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather ** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility ** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error @@ -4164,20 +5244,22 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. ** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed ** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements -** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead +** using [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] +** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] instead ** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, ** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly -** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "vX" interfaces is recommended. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the ** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. ** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return -** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column()] family of ** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to @@ -4226,8 +5308,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query ** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** These routines form the "result set" interface. +** Summary: +**

    +**
    sqlite3_column_blob→BLOB result +**
    sqlite3_column_double→REAL result +**
    sqlite3_column_int→32-bit INTEGER result +**
    sqlite3_column_int64→64-bit INTEGER result +**
    sqlite3_column_text→UTF-8 TEXT result +**
    sqlite3_column_text16→UTF-16 TEXT result +**
    sqlite3_column_value→The result as an +** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. +**
        +**
    sqlite3_column_bytes→Size of a BLOB +** or a UTF-8 TEXT result in bytes +**
    sqlite3_column_bytes16   +** →  Size of UTF-16 +** TEXT in bytes +**
    sqlite3_column_type→Default +** datatype of the result +**
    +** +** Details: ** ** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current ** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer @@ -4250,16 +5353,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** are called from a different thread while any of these routines ** are pending, then the results are undefined. ** +** The first six interfaces (_blob, _double, _int, _int64, _text, and _text16) +** each return the value of a result column in a specific data format. If +** the result column is not initially in the requested format (for example, +** if the query returns an integer but the sqlite3_column_text() interface +** is used to extract the value) then an automatic type conversion is performed. +** ** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the ** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type ** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], -** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value -** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type -** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, -** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. +** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which +** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. +** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no +** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. +** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() +** is undefined, though harmless. Future ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() ** following a type conversion. ** +** If the result is a BLOB or a TEXT string, then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** or sqlite3_column_bytes16() interfaces can be used to determine the size +** of that BLOB or string. +** ** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. ** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts @@ -4278,7 +5394,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** -** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of @@ -4288,16 +5404,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return ** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. ** -** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an -** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object -** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text16() always have the endianness +** which is native to the platform, regardless of the text encoding set +** for the database. +** +** Warning: ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. In a multithreaded environment, +** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with +** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. ** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], -** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. +** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface +** is normally only useful within the implementation of +** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within +** top-level application code. ** -** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For -** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** These routines may attempt to convert the datatype of the result. +** ^For example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result ** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the ** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions ** that are applied: @@ -4308,29 +5433,23 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ** NULL INTEGER Result is 0 ** NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 -** NULL TEXT Result is NULL pointer -** NULL BLOB Result is NULL pointer +** NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer +** NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer ** INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float ** INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer ** INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT -** FLOAT INTEGER Convert from float to integer +** FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER ** FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float -** FLOAT BLOB Same as FLOAT->TEXT -** TEXT INTEGER Use atoi() -** TEXT FLOAT Use atof() +** FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB +** TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +** TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL ** TEXT BLOB No change -** BLOB INTEGER Convert to TEXT then use atoi() -** BLOB FLOAT Convert to TEXT then use atof() -** BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed +** BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +** BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL +** BLOB TEXT [CAST] to TEXT, ensure zero terminator ** ** )^ ** -** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() -** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its -** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are -** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most -** C programmers. -** ** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or ** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. @@ -4355,7 +5474,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they ** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. ** -** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** The safest policy is to invoke these routines ** in one of the following ways: ** **
      @@ -4375,29 +5494,44 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings -** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned -** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into ** [sqlite3_free()]. ** -** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any -** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value -** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL -** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return -** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ +** As long as the input parameters are correct, these routines will only +** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. +** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory +** errors: +** +**
        +**
      • sqlite3_column_blob() +**
      • sqlite3_column_text() +**
      • sqlite3_column_text16() +**
      • sqlite3_column_bytes() +**
      • sqlite3_column_bytes16() +**
      +** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these +** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. +** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors +** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect +** return value is obtained and before any +** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); /* ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. ** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors @@ -4425,6 +5559,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] ** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. @@ -4452,16 +5587,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions ** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} -** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} -** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior -** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between -** these routines are the text encoding expected for -** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) -** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for -** the application data pointer. +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding +** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being +** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() +** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions +** needed by [aggregate window functions]. ** ** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL ** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database @@ -4471,7 +5607,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name -** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** @@ -4485,20 +5621,45 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work -** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be -** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may -** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple -** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. ** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. -** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text -** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY]. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may also optionally include the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] +** flag, which if present prevents the function from being invoked from +** within VIEWs, TRIGGERs, CHECK constraints, generated column expressions, +** index expressions, or the WHERE clause of partial indexes. +** +** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for +** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be +** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of +** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL +** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state. +** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of +** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters +** chosen by the attacker, which the application will then execute when +** the database file is opened and read. ** ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ ** -** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters passed to the three +** "sqlite3_create_function*" functions, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are ** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or ** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc ** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal @@ -4507,15 +5668,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** -** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, -** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. -** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being -** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ -** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to -** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. -** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it -** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data -** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue +** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to +** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal +** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in +** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be +** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate +** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation +** of aggregate window functions are +** [user-defined window functions|available here]. +** +** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or +** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for +** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function +** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection +** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is +** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application +** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). ** ** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of @@ -4525,7 +5695,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. @@ -4568,6 +5738,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings @@ -4575,22 +5757,103 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( ** These constant define integer codes that represent the various ** text encodings supported by SQLite. */ -#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 -#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 -#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */ #define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +** +**
      +** [[SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]]
      SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC
      +** The SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC flag means that the new function always gives +** the same output when the input parameters are the same. +** The [abs|abs() function] is deterministic, for example, but +** [randomblob|randomblob()] is not. Functions must +** be deterministic in order to be used in certain contexts such as +** with the WHERE clause of [partial indexes] or in [generated columns]. +** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them +** out of inner loops. +**
      +** +** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]]
      SQLITE_DIRECTONLY
      +** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked +** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in +** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], +** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns]. +**

      +** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag is recommended for any +** [application-defined SQL function] +** that has side-effects or that could potentially leak sensitive information. +** This will prevent attacks in which an application is tricked +** into using a database file that has had its schema surreptiously +** modified to invoke the application-defined function in ways that are +** harmful. +**

      +** Some people say it is good practice to set SQLITE_DIRECTONLY on all +** [application-defined SQL functions], regardless of whether or not they +** are security sensitive, as doing so prevents those functions from being used +** inside of the database schema, and thus ensures that the database +** can be inspected and modified using generic tools (such as the [CLI]) +** that do not have access to the application-defined functions. +**

      +** +** [[SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]]
      SQLITE_INNOCUOUS
      +** The SQLITE_INNOCUOUS flag means that the function is unlikely +** to cause problems even if misused. An innocuous function should have +** no side effects and should not depend on any values other than its +** input parameters. The [abs|abs() function] is an example of an +** innocuous function. +** The [load_extension() SQL function] is not innocuous because of its +** side effects. +**

      SQLITE_INNOCUOUS is similar to SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, but is not +** exactly the same. The [random|random() function] is an example of a +** function that is innocuous but not deterministic. +**

      Some heightened security settings +** ([SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA] and [PRAGMA trusted_schema=OFF]) +** disable the use of SQL functions inside views and triggers and in +** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], +** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], and [generated columns] unless +** the function is tagged with SQLITE_INNOCUOUS. Most built-in functions +** are innocuous. Developers are advised to avoid using the +** SQLITE_INNOCUOUS flag for application-defined functions unless the +** function has been carefully audited and found to be free of potentially +** security-adverse side-effects and information-leaks. +**

      +** +** [[SQLITE_SUBTYPE]]
      SQLITE_SUBTYPE
      +** The SQLITE_SUBTYPE flag indicates to SQLite that a function may call +** [sqlite3_value_subtype()] to inspect the sub-types of its arguments. +** Specifying this flag makes no difference for scalar or aggregate user +** functions. However, if it is not specified for a user-defined window +** function, then any sub-types belonging to arguments passed to the window +** function may be discarded before the window function is called (i.e. +** sqlite3_value_subtype() will always return 0). +**
      +**
      +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x000000800 +#define SQLITE_DIRECTONLY 0x000080000 +#define SQLITE_SUBTYPE 0x000100000 +#define SQLITE_INNOCUOUS 0x000200000 + /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid -** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid -** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. +** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid +** these functions, we will not explain what they do. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); @@ -4603,26 +5866,51 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 #endif /* -** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value ** -** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses -** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on -** the function or aggregate. +** Summary: +**
      +**
      sqlite3_value_blob→BLOB value +**
      sqlite3_value_double→REAL value +**
      sqlite3_value_int→32-bit INTEGER value +**
      sqlite3_value_int64→64-bit INTEGER value +**
      sqlite3_value_pointer→Pointer value +**
      sqlite3_value_text→UTF-8 TEXT value +**
      sqlite3_value_text16→UTF-16 TEXT value in +** the native byteorder +**
      sqlite3_value_text16be→UTF-16be TEXT value +**
      sqlite3_value_text16le→UTF-16le TEXT value +**
          +**
      sqlite3_value_bytes→Size of a BLOB +** or a UTF-8 TEXT in bytes +**
      sqlite3_value_bytes16   +** →  Size of UTF-16 +** TEXT in bytes +**
      sqlite3_value_type→Default +** datatype of the value +**
      sqlite3_value_numeric_type   +** →  Best numeric datatype of the value +**
      sqlite3_value_nochange   +** →  True if the column is unchanged in an UPDATE +** against a virtual table. +**
      sqlite3_value_frombind   +** →  True if value originated from a [bound parameter] +**
      ** -** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters -** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] -** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. -** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to -** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for -** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to -** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. +** Details: +** +** These routines extract type, size, and content information from +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. Protected sqlite3_value objects +** are used to pass parameter information into the functions that +** implement [application-defined SQL functions] and [virtual tables]. ** ** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. ** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] -** object results in undefined behavior. +** is not threadsafe. ** ** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] -** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object ** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string @@ -4630,6 +5918,24 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** +** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized +** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] +** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), +** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, +** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() +** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial datatype of the +** [sqlite3_value] object V. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].)^ +** Other interfaces might change the datatype for an sqlite3_value object. +** For example, if the datatype is initially SQLITE_INTEGER and +** sqlite3_value_text(V) is called to extract a text value for that +** integer, then subsequent calls to sqlite3_value_type(V) might return +** SQLITE_TEXT. Whether or not a persistent internal datatype conversion +** occurs is undefined and may change from one release of SQLite to the next. +** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply ** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is ** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If @@ -4638,6 +5944,24 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. ** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ ** +** ^Within the [xUpdate] method of a [virtual table], the +** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) interface returns true if and only if +** the column corresponding to X is unchanged by the UPDATE operation +** that the xUpdate method call was invoked to implement and if +** and the prior [xColumn] method call that was invoked to extracted +** the value for that column returned without setting a result (probably +** because it queried [sqlite3_vtab_nochange()] and found that the column +** was unchanging). ^Within an [xUpdate] method, any value for which +** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is true will in all other respects appear +** to be a NULL value. If sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is invoked anywhere other +** than within an [xUpdate] method call for an UPDATE statement, then +** the return value is arbitrary and meaningless. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_frombind(X) interface returns non-zero if the +** value X originated from one of the [sqlite3_bind_int|sqlite3_bind()] +** interfaces. ^If X comes from an SQL literal value, or a table column, +** or an expression, then sqlite3_value_frombind(X) returns zero. +** ** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned ** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or ** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to @@ -4646,29 +5970,107 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread as ** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +** +** As long as the input parameter is correct, these routines can only +** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. +** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory +** errors: +** +**
        +**
      • sqlite3_value_blob() +**
      • sqlite3_value_text() +**
      • sqlite3_value_text16() +**
      • sqlite3_value_text16le() +**
      • sqlite3_value_text16be() +**
      • sqlite3_value_bytes() +**
      • sqlite3_value_bytes16() +**
      +** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these +** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. +** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors +** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect +** return value is obtained and before any +** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_value_pointer(sqlite3_value*, const char*); SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_nochange(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_frombind(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Report the internal text encoding state of an sqlite3_value object +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_encoding(X) interface returns one of [SQLITE_UTF8], +** [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE] according to the current text encoding +** of the value X, assuming that X has type TEXT.)^ If sqlite3_value_type(X) +** returns something other than SQLITE_TEXT, then the return value from +** sqlite3_value_encoding(X) is meaningless. ^Calls to +** [sqlite3_value_text(X)], [sqlite3_value_text16(X)], [sqlite3_value_text16be(X)], +** [sqlite3_value_text16le(X)], [sqlite3_value_bytes(X)], or +** [sqlite3_value_bytes16(X)] might change the encoding of the value X and +** thus change the return from subsequent calls to sqlite3_value_encoding(X). +** +** This routine is intended for used by applications that test and validate +** the SQLite implementation. This routine is inquiring about the opaque +** internal state of an [sqlite3_value] object. Ordinary applications should +** not need to know what the internal state of an sqlite3_value object is and +** hence should not need to use this interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_encoding(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for +** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V. The subtype +** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from +** one SQL function to another. Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()] +** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** object D and returns a pointer to that copy. ^The [sqlite3_value] returned +** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not. +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a +** memory allocation fails. ^If V is a [pointer value], then the result +** of sqlite3_value_dup(V) is a NULL value. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object +** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ^If V is a NULL pointer +** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called -** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite -** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates +** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, ** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally @@ -4679,19 +6081,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer ** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory -** allocate error occurs. +** allocation error occurs. ** ** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the -** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set -** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no ** pointless memory allocations occur. ** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the @@ -4706,6 +6108,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); /* ** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) @@ -4720,6 +6123,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) @@ -4731,6 +6135,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to ** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to @@ -4738,15 +6143,16 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example ** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as -** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** metadata associated with the pattern string. ** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, ** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple ** invocations of the same function. ** -** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata -** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument -** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata -** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^N is zero for the left-most +** function argument. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, the sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface ** returns a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th @@ -4758,14 +6164,15 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly ** once, when the metadata is discarded. ** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
        -**
      • when the corresponding function parameter changes, or -**
      • when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the -** SQL statement, or -**
      • when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or -**
      • during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory -** allocation error occurs.
      )^ +**
    • ^(when the corresponding function parameter changes)^, or +**
    • ^(when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement)^, or +**
    • ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same +** parameter)^, or +**
    • ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.)^
    ** -** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() ** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the @@ -4776,6 +6183,10 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal ** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ ** +** The value of the N parameter to these interfaces should be non-negative. +** Future enhancements may make use of negative N values to define new +** kinds of function caching behavior. +** ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which ** the SQL function is running. */ @@ -4803,6 +6214,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that ** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See @@ -4818,9 +6230,9 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the ** third parameter. ** -** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of -** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero -** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N) +** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be +** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified @@ -4832,8 +6244,9 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() ** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error ** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite -** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native -** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 using +** the same [byte-order determination rules] as [sqlite3_bind_text16()]. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error ** message all text up through the first zero character. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or @@ -4869,11 +6282,16 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** set the return value of the application-defined function to be ** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, ** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an +** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding +** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one +** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]. ** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from ** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. -** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter -** through the first zero character. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to any of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** other than sqlite3_result_text64() is negative, then SQLite computes +** the string length itself by searching the 2nd parameter for the first +** zero character. ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text ** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined @@ -4894,11 +6312,30 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** when it has finished using that result. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT -** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. ** +** ^For the sqlite3_result_text16(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text16be() routines, and for sqlite3_result_text64() +** when the encoding is not UTF8, if the input UTF16 begins with a +** byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) then the BOM is removed from the +** string and the rest of the string is interpreted according to the +** byte-order specified by the BOM. ^The byte-order specified by +** the BOM at the beginning of the text overrides the byte-order +** specified by the interface procedure. ^So, for example, if +** sqlite3_result_text16le() is invoked with text that begins +** with bytes 0xfe, 0xff (a big-endian byte-order mark) then the +** first two bytes of input are skipped and the remaining input +** is interpreted as UTF16BE text. +** +** ^For UTF16 input text to the sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16be(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text64() routines, if the text contains invalid +** UTF16 characters, the invalid characters might be converted +** into the unicode replacement character, U+FFFD. +** ** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of -** the application-defined function to be a copy the +** the application-defined function to be a copy of the ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The ** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] ** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or @@ -4907,11 +6344,24 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either ** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. ** +** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an +** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it +** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that +** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an +** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. +** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor +** for the P parameter. ^SQLite invokes D with P as its only argument +** when SQLite is finished with P. The T parameter should be a static +** string and preferably a string literal. The sqlite3_result_pointer() +** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** ** If these routines are called from within the different thread ** than the one containing the application-defined function that received ** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*, + sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); @@ -4922,14 +6372,34 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_pointer(sqlite3_context*, void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; +** higher order bits are discarded. +** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase +** in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated ** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. @@ -4949,7 +6419,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); **
  • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. ** )^ ** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed -** to the collating function callback, xCallback. +** to the collating function callback, xCompare. ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep ** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin @@ -4958,18 +6428,19 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); ** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed ** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. ** -** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^The fifth argument, xCompare, is a pointer to the collating function. ** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but ** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever ** function requires the least amount of data transformation. -** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is +** ^If the xCompare argument is NULL then the collating function is ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** -** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified -** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an -** integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating +** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating +** function must return an integer that is negative, zero, or positive ** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, ** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer ** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered @@ -4986,7 +6457,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); ** ** ** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that -** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite ** is undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() @@ -4996,42 +6467,43 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** -** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the +** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. -** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency -** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, const void *zName, - int eTextRep, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database ** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the @@ -5057,16 +6529,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, + sqlite3*, + void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); +/* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be @@ -5093,6 +6566,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ +/* SQLCipher usage note: + + If the current database is plaintext SQLCipher will NOT encrypt it. + If the current database is encrypted and pNew==0 or nNew==0, SQLCipher + will NOT decrypt it. + + This routine will ONLY work on an already encrypted database in order + to change the key. + + Conversion from plaintext-to-encrypted or encrypted-to-plaintext should + use an ATTACHed database and the sqlcipher_export() convenience function + as per the SQLCipher Documentation. +*/ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ @@ -5104,17 +6590,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( ); /* -** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless ** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif +/* END SQLCIPHER */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( @@ -5138,6 +6625,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( ** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at ** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description ** in the previous paragraphs. +** +** If a negative argument is passed to sqlite3_sleep() the results vary by +** VFS and operating system. Some system treat a negative argument as an +** instruction to sleep forever. Others understand it to mean do not sleep +** at all. ^In SQLite version 3.42.0 and later, a negative +** argument passed into sqlite3_sleep() is changed to zero before it is relayed +** down into the xSleep method of the VFS. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); @@ -5151,6 +6645,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate ** temporary file directory. ** +** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. +** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). +** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications +** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic +** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should +** be avoided in new projects. +** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate @@ -5163,12 +6664,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be ** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite +** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If +** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do +** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] +** objects have been destroyed. ** ** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set ** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various @@ -5215,7 +6721,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; ** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -5224,9 +6730,45 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; +/* +** CAPI3REF: Win32 Specific Interface +** +** These interfaces are available only on Windows. The +** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface is used to set the value associated +** with the [sqlite3_temp_directory] or [sqlite3_data_directory] variable, to +** zValue, depending on the value of the type parameter. The zValue parameter +** should be NULL to cause the previous value to be freed via [sqlite3_free]; +** a non-NULL value will be copied into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** prior to being used. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] to indicate success, [SQLITE_ERROR] if the type is unsupported, +** or [SQLITE_NOMEM] if memory could not be allocated. The value of the +** [sqlite3_data_directory] variable is intended to act as a replacement for +** the current directory on the sub-platforms of Win32 where that concept is +** not present, e.g. WinRT and UWP. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory8] and +** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory16] interfaces behave exactly the same as the +** sqlite3_win32_set_directory interface except the string parameter must be +** UTF-8 or UTF-16, respectively. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory( + unsigned long type, /* Identifier for directory being set or reset */ + void *zValue /* New value for directory being set or reset */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory8(unsigned long type, const char *zValue); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory16(unsigned long type, const void *zValue); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Win32 Directory Types +** +** These macros are only available on Windows. They define the allowed values +** for the type argument to the [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE 1 +#define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE 2 + /* ** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode ** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or ** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, @@ -5249,6 +6791,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle ** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] @@ -5260,23 +6803,62 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); /* -** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** CAPI3REF: Return The Schema Name For A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename -** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file -** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** ^The sqlite3_db_name(D,N) interface returns a pointer to the schema name +** for the N-th database on database connection D, or a NULL pointer of N is +** out of range. An N value of 0 means the main database file. An N of 1 is +** the "temp" schema. Larger values of N correspond to various ATTACH-ed +** databases. +** +** Space to hold the string that is returned by sqlite3_db_name() is managed +** by SQLite itself. The string might be deallocated by any operation that +** changes the schema, including [ATTACH] or [DETACH] or calls to +** [sqlite3_serialize()] or [sqlite3_deserialize()], even operations that +** occur on a different thread. Applications that need to +** remember the string long-term should make their own copy. Applications that +** are accessing the same database connection simultaneously on multiple +** threads should mutex-protect calls to this API and should make their own +** private copy of the result prior to releasing the mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_name(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to the filename +** associated with database N of connection D. +** ^If there is no attached database N on the database ** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then -** a NULL pointer is returned. +** this function will return either a NULL pointer or an empty string. +** +** ^The string value returned by this routine is owned and managed by +** the database connection. ^The value will be valid until the database N +** is [DETACH]-ed or until the database connection closes. ** ** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the ** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename ** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used ** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +** +** If the filename pointer returned by this routine is not NULL, then it +** can be used as the filename input parameter to these routines: +**
      +**
    • [sqlite3_uri_parameter()] +**
    • [sqlite3_uri_boolean()] +**
    • [sqlite3_uri_int64()] +**
    • [sqlite3_filename_database()] +**
    • [sqlite3_filename_journal()] +**
    • [sqlite3_filename_wal()] +**
    */ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_filename sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N ** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not @@ -5284,8 +6866,60 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine the transaction state of a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) interface returns the current +** [transaction state] of schema S in database connection D. ^If S is NULL, +** then the highest transaction state of any schema on database connection D +** is returned. Transaction states are (in order of lowest to highest): +**
      +**
    1. SQLITE_TXN_NONE +**
    2. SQLITE_TXN_READ +**
    3. SQLITE_TXN_WRITE +**
    +** ^If the S argument to sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) is not the name of +** a valid schema, then -1 is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_txn_state(sqlite3*,const char *zSchema); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Allowed return values from [sqlite3_txn_state()] +** KEYWORDS: {transaction state} +** +** These constants define the current transaction state of a database file. +** ^The [sqlite3_txn_state(D,S)] interface returns one of these +** constants in order to describe the transaction state of schema S +** in [database connection] D. +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_TXN_NONE]]
    SQLITE_TXN_NONE
    +**
    The SQLITE_TXN_NONE state means that no transaction is currently +** pending.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_READ]]
    SQLITE_TXN_READ
    +**
    The SQLITE_TXN_READ state means that the database is currently +** in a read transaction. Content has been read from the database file +** but nothing in the database file has changed. The transaction state +** will advanced to SQLITE_TXN_WRITE if any changes occur and there are +** no other conflicting concurrent write transactions. The transaction +** state will revert to SQLITE_TXN_NONE following a [ROLLBACK] or +** [COMMIT].
    +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_WRITE]]
    SQLITE_TXN_WRITE
    +**
    The SQLITE_TXN_WRITE state means that the database is currently +** in a write transaction. Content has been written to the database file +** but has not yet committed. The transaction state will change to +** to SQLITE_TXN_NONE at the next [ROLLBACK] or [COMMIT].
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_TXN_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_TXN_READ 1 +#define SQLITE_TXN_WRITE 2 + /* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after ** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL @@ -5301,6 +6935,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. @@ -5348,17 +6983,85 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Autovacuum Compaction Amount Callback +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_autovacuum_pages(D,C,P,X) interface registers a callback +** function C that is invoked prior to each autovacuum of the database +** file. ^The callback is passed a copy of the generic data pointer (P), +** the schema-name of the attached database that is being autovacuumed, +** the size of the database file in pages, the number of free pages, +** and the number of bytes per page, respectively. The callback should +** return the number of free pages that should be removed by the +** autovacuum. ^If the callback returns zero, then no autovacuum happens. +** ^If the value returned is greater than or equal to the number of +** free pages, then a complete autovacuum happens. +** +**

    ^If there are multiple ATTACH-ed database files that are being +** modified as part of a transaction commit, then the autovacuum pages +** callback is invoked separately for each file. +** +**

    The callback is not reentrant. The callback function should +** not attempt to invoke any other SQLite interface. If it does, bad +** things may happen, including segmentation faults and corrupt database +** files. The callback function should be a simple function that +** does some arithmetic on its input parameters and returns a result. +** +** ^The X parameter to sqlite3_autovacuum_pages(D,C,P,X) is an optional +** destructor for the P parameter. ^If X is not NULL, then X(P) is +** invoked whenever the database connection closes or when the callback +** is overwritten by another invocation of sqlite3_autovacuum_pages(). +** +**

    ^There is only one autovacuum pages callback per database connection. +** ^Each call to the sqlite3_autovacuum_pages() interface overrides all +** previous invocations for that database connection. ^If the callback +** argument (C) to sqlite3_autovacuum_pages(D,C,P,X) is a NULL pointer, +** then the autovacuum steps callback is cancelled. The return value +** from sqlite3_autovacuum_pages() is normally SQLITE_OK, but might +** be some other error code if something goes wrong. The current +** implementation will only return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_MISUSE, but other +** return codes might be added in future releases. +** +**

    If no autovacuum pages callback is specified (the usual case) or +** a NULL pointer is provided for the callback, +** then the default behavior is to vacuum all free pages. So, in other +** words, the default behavior is the same as if the callback function +** were something like this: +** +** 

    +**     unsigned int demonstration_autovac_pages_callback(
+**       void *pClientData,
+**       const char *zSchema,
+**       unsigned int nDbPage,
+**       unsigned int nFreePage,
+**       unsigned int nBytePerPage
+**     ){
+**       return nFreePage;
+**     }
+**
    +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_autovacuum_pages( + sqlite3 *db, + unsigned int(*)(void*,const char*,unsigned int,unsigned int,unsigned int), + void*, + void(*)(void*) +); + + /* ** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function ** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument -** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a [rowid table]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a -** row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. ** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument ** to sqlite3_update_hook(). ** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], @@ -5370,10 +7073,11 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are -** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** modified (i.e. sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook -** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an +** is not invoked when conflicting rows are deleted because of an ** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook ** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. ** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future @@ -5391,11 +7095,11 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call on D. ** -** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] -** interfaces. +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()], [sqlite3_rollback_hook()], +** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); @@ -5408,21 +7112,36 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** +** This interface is omitted if SQLite is compiled with +** [-DSQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE]. The [-DSQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE] +** compile-time option is recommended because the +** [use of shared cache mode is discouraged]. +** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** ** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent ** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. -** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode +** Existing database connections continue to use the sharing mode ** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ ** ** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled ** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ ** -** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in -** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared -** cache setting should set it explicitly. +** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. It is recommended that it stay +** that way. In other words, do not use this routine. This interface +** continues to be provided for historical compatibility, but its use is +** discouraged. Any use of shared cache is discouraged. If shared cache +** must be used, it is recommended that shared cache only be enabled for +** individual database connections using the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag. +** +** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. ** ** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a ** 32-bit integer is atomic. @@ -5449,11 +7168,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap ** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the -** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is effect even -** when then [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is ** omitted. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] @@ -5463,6 +7183,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** +** These interfaces impose limits on the amount of heap memory that will be +** by all database connections within a single process. +** ** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the ** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. ** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap @@ -5470,23 +7193,44 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate -** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** -** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of -** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of +** N bytes on the amount of memory that will be allocated. ^The +** sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface is similar to +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N) except that memory allocations will fail +** when the hard heap limit is reached. +** +** ^The return value from both sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() and +** sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an ** error. ^If the argument N is negative -** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current -** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking -** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. +** then no change is made to the heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of heap limits can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1) or sqlite3_hard_heap_limit(-1). ** -** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. +** ^Setting the heap limits to zero disables the heap limiter mechanism. ** -** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation +** ^The soft heap limit may not be greater than the hard heap limit. +** ^If the hard heap limit is enabled and if sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N) +** is invoked with a value of N that is greater than the hard heap limit, +** the soft heap limit is set to the value of the hard heap limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is automatically enabled whenever the hard heap +** limit is enabled. ^When sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) is invoked and +** the soft heap limit is outside the range of 1..N, then the soft heap +** limit is set to N. ^Invoking sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(0) when the +** hard heap limit is enabled makes the soft heap limit equal to the +** hard heap limit. +** +** The memory allocation limits can also be adjusted using +** [PRAGMA soft_heap_limit] and [PRAGMA hard_heap_limit]. +** +** ^(The heap limits are not enforced in the current implementation ** if one or more of following conditions are true: ** **
      -**
    • The soft heap limit is set to zero. +**
    • The limit value is set to zero. **
    • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and ** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. @@ -5497,20 +7241,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); ** from the heap. **
    )^ ** -** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced -** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] -** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], -** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced -** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because -** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most -** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without -** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. -** -** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the heap limits may ** changes in future releases of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface @@ -5526,21 +7261,31 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific -** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle -** passed as the first function argument. +** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns +** information about column C of table T in database D +** on [database connection] X.)^ ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() +** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in +** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified +** column exists. ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns +** SQLITE_ERROR if the specified column does not exist. +** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a +** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existence of the +** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it +** does not. If the table name parameter T in a call to +** sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,...) is NULL then the result is +** undefined behavior. ** ** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to -** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database +** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database ** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified -** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched ** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to ** resolve unqualified table references. ** ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column -** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters -** may be NULL. +** name of the desired column, respectively. ** ** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th ** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be @@ -5559,16 +7304,17 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); ** )^ ** ** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the -** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next ** call to any SQLite API function. ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no -** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output -** parameters are set as follows: +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs +** for the [rowid] are set as follows: ** ** 
     **     data type: "INTEGER"
@@ -5578,13 +7324,9 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
 **     auto increment: 0
 **
    )^ ** -** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an -** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column -** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left -** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ -** -** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and +** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if +** any errors are encountered while loading the schema. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ @@ -5600,6 +7342,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( /* ** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. ** @@ -5627,9 +7370,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( ** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^Extension loading must be enabled using -** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] or +** [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],1,NULL) +** prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** +** Security warning: It is recommended that the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this +** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface +** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] +** disabled and prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +** ** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( @@ -5641,6 +7393,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are ** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling @@ -5651,6 +7404,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( ** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 ** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn ** it back off again. +** +** ^This interface enables or disables both the C-API +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** ^(Use [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],..) +** to enable or disable only the C-API.)^ +** +** Security warning: It is recommended that extension loading +** be enabled using the [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method +** rather than this interface, so the [load_extension()] SQL function +** remains disabled. This will prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); @@ -5664,7 +7428,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); ** ** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes ** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three -** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** arguments and expects an integer result as if the signature of the ** entry point where as follows: ** ** 
    @@ -5690,7 +7454,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
 ** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
 ** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void));
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
@@ -5698,11 +7462,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
 ** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
 ** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
 ** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
 ** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
 ** routines.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void));
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
@@ -5712,15 +7476,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
 
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
 /*
 ** Structures used by the virtual table interface
 */
@@ -5733,8 +7488,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
 ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
 **
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual table].
 ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
 **
 ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
@@ -5773,11 +7528,14 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
                        void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
                        void **ppArg);
   int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
-  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
+  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
   ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
   int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
   int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
   int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  /* The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_module object.
+  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. */
+  int (*xShadowName)(const char*);
 };
 
 /*
@@ -5812,32 +7570,81 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
 ** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
 ** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
 **
+** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be
+** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from
+** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement
+** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62),
+** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be
+** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column
+** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also
+** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression
+** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to
+** non-zero.
+**
 ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
 ** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
 ** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
 ** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
 ** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
-** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
+** virtual table and might not be checked again by the byte code.)^ ^(The
+** aConstraintUsage[].omit flag is an optimization hint. When the omit flag
+** is left in its default setting of false, the constraint will always be
+** checked separately in byte code.  If the omit flag is change to true, then
+** the constraint may or may not be checked in byte code.  In other words,
+** when the omit flag is true there is no guarantee that the constraint will
+** not be checked again using byte code.)^
 **
-** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** ^The idxNum and idxStr values are recorded and passed into the
 ** [xFilter] method.
-** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
-** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxStr if and only if
+** needToFreeIdxStr is true.
 **
 ** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
 ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
 ** sorting step is required.
 **
-** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
-** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
-** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
-** cost of approximately log(N).
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
+** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
+** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
+** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
+**
+** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
+** will be returned by the strategy.
+**
+** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a
+** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
+** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
+** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row.
+**
+** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
+** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
+** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the
+** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback
+** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were
+** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not
+** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by
+** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]).
+** If a virtual table extension is
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
+** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
+** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
+** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
+** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]).
+** It may therefore only be used if
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
+** 3009000.
 */
 struct sqlite3_index_info {
   /* Inputs */
   int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
   struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
+     int iColumn;              /* Column constrained.  -1 for ROWID */
      unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
      unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
      int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
@@ -5856,26 +7663,83 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
   char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
   int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
   int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
-  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
+  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */
+  int idxFlags;              /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_uint64 colUsed;    /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */
 };
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
+**
+** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the
+** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of
+** these bits.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE      1     /* Scan visits at most 1 row */
+
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
 **
-** These macros defined the allowed values for the
+** These macros define the allowed values for the
 ** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
-** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
+** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the WHERE clause of
 ** a query that uses a [virtual table].
+**
+** ^The left-hand operand of the operator is given by the corresponding
+** aConstraint[].iColumn field.  ^An iColumn of -1 indicates the left-hand
+** operand is the rowid.
+** The SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIMIT and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_OFFSET
+** operators have no left-hand operand, and so for those operators the
+** corresponding aConstraint[].iColumn is meaningless and should not be
+** used.
+**
+** All operator values from SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION through
+** value 255 are reserved to represent functions that are overloaded
+** by the [xFindFunction|xFindFunction method] of the virtual table
+** implementation.
+**
+** The right-hand operands for each constraint might be accessible using
+** the [sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value()] interface.  Usually the right-hand
+** operand is only available if it appears as a single constant literal
+** in the input SQL.  If the right-hand operand is another column or an
+** expression (even a constant expression) or a parameter, then the
+** sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value() probably will not be able to extract it.
+** ^The SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL and
+** SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL operators have no right-hand operand
+** and hence calls to sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value() for those operators will
+** always return SQLITE_NOTFOUND.
+**
+** The collating sequence to be used for comparison can be found using
+** the [sqlite3_vtab_collation()] interface.  For most real-world virtual
+** tables, the collating sequence of constraints does not matter (for example
+** because the constraints are numeric) and so the sqlite3_vtab_collation()
+** interface is not commonly needed.
 */
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ          2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT          4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE          8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT         16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE         32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH      64
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE       65
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB       66
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP     67
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE         68
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT      69
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL  70
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL     71
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_IS         72
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIMIT      73
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_OFFSET     74
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION  150
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
 ** ^Module names must be registered before
@@ -5883,7 +7747,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
 ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
 **
 ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
+** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the
 ** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
 ** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
 ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
@@ -5898,6 +7762,12 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
 ** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
 ** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
 ** destructor.
+**
+** ^If the third parameter (the pointer to the sqlite3_module object) is
+** NULL then no new module is created and any existing modules with the
+** same name are dropped.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_drop_modules()]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
   sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
@@ -5913,6 +7783,23 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
   void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
 );
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Remove Unnecessary Virtual Table Implementations
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_drop_modules(D,L) interface removes all virtual
+** table modules from database connection D except those named on list L.
+** The L parameter must be either NULL or a pointer to an array of pointers
+** to strings where the array is terminated by a single NULL pointer.
+** ^If the L parameter is NULL, then all virtual table modules are removed.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_create_module()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_drop_modules(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Remove modules from this connection */
+  const char **azKeep         /* Except, do not remove the ones named here */
+);
+
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
@@ -5933,7 +7820,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
 */
 struct sqlite3_vtab {
   const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
+  int nRef;                       /* Number of open cursors */
   char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
   /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
 };
@@ -5972,9 +7859,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
 ** But global versions of those functions
 ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
 **
@@ -5988,16 +7876,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
 
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
-** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
 ** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
@@ -6014,6 +7892,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
 **
 ** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
 ** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
@@ -6023,26 +7903,48 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 **     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
 **
    )^ ** +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is +** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. +** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP +** tables, the database name is "temp".)^ +** ** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read -** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. -** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary -** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is -** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. +** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for +** read-only access. ** -** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains -** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that -** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. -** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". -** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored +** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error +** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. ** -** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written -** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set -** to be a null pointer.)^ -** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message -** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related -** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a -** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob -** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. +** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: +**
      +**
    • ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +**
    • ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +**
    • ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +**
    • ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, +**
    • ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, +**
    • ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not +** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, +**
    • ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, +**
    • ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is +** being opened for read/write access)^. +**
    +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** +** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the +** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using +** [sqlite3_blob_write()]. The [BLOB handle] can be moved to a +** different row of the same table using the [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] +** interface. However, the column, table, or database of a [BLOB handle] +** cannot be changed after the [BLOB handle] is opened. ** ** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an ** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects @@ -6061,12 +7963,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, -** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using -** this interface. +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually ** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_close()], +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()], [sqlite3_blob_read()], +** [sqlite3_blob_bytes()], [sqlite3_blob_write()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( sqlite3*, @@ -6080,12 +7985,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( /* ** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** ^This function is used to move an existing [BLOB handle] so that it points ** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified ** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be ** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open -** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** remain the same. Moving an existing [BLOB handle] to a new row is ** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. ** ** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - @@ -6100,36 +8006,36 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( ** ** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. +** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** handle is still closed.)^ ** -** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit -** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the -** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. -** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache -** until the close operation if they will fit. +** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if +** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write +** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is +** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error +** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. ** -** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes -** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur -** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during -** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ -** -** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns -** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ -** -** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned -** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. +** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. @@ -6143,6 +8049,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a ** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z @@ -6171,22 +8078,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a -** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z -** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. +** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), ** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. ** -** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is -** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. -** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) -** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an ** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred @@ -6195,9 +8109,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle ** or by other independent statements. ** -** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in @@ -6250,45 +8161,51 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** ** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations ** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation -** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following +** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following ** implementations are available in the SQLite core: ** **
      **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -**
    )^ +** ** -** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines ** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and ** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix ** and Windows. ** -** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex ** implementation is included with the library. In this case the ** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ -** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested +** mutex. The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these +** integer constants: ** **
      **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 -**
    )^ +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 +** ** ** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) ** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create @@ -6296,14 +8213,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex +** not want to. SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other ** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Nine static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should @@ -6312,16 +8229,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** ** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^For the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously -** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in -** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static -** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates -** a static mutex. +** allocated dynamic mutex. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, @@ -6329,27 +8243,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] ** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. -** In such cases the, +** In such cases, the ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other -** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. -** SQLite will never exhibit -** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ +** can enter.)^ If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other +** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() -** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the -** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will -** never do either.)^ +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. ** -** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or -** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines -** behave as no-ops. +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), +** sqlite3_mutex_leave(), or sqlite3_mutex_free() is a NULL pointer, +** then any of the four routines behaves as a no-op. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. */ @@ -6366,9 +8278,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); ** used to allocate and use mutexes. ** ** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are -** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom +** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom ** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite -** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application ** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass ** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. ** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an @@ -6404,18 +8316,18 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); ** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated ** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead ** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined -** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results +** by this structure are not required to handle this case. The results ** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined ** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if ** it is passed a NULL pointer). ** -** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to ** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without ** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to ** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. ** -** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] -** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory ** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite ** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. ** @@ -6441,29 +8353,29 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines ** ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines -** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. The SQLite core ** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications -** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. The SQLite core only ** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled -** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. External mutex implementations ** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is ** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. ** -** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument ** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. ** -** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these ** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working ** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always ** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. ** -** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since ** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is -** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** the appropriate thing to do. The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() ** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. */ #ifndef NDEBUG @@ -6483,19 +8395,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN 2 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_randomness() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 11 /* For use by built-in VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ + +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 + /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this @@ -6505,6 +8428,8 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** KEYWORDS: {file control} ** ** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated @@ -6519,11 +8444,18 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** -** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes +** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly +** by the SQLite core and never invoke the +** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into -** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER -** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the -** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. The +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] works similarly except that it returns +** the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file instead of +** the main database. The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode returns +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_vfs] object for the file. +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] returns the data version counter +** from the pager. ** ** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any ** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error @@ -6533,7 +8465,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying ** xFileControl method. ** -** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] +** See also: [file control opcodes] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); @@ -6570,25 +8502,224 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS 17 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER 25 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE 26 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL 27 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED 28 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS 29 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT 30 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_TRACEFLAGS 31 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_TUNE 32 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOGEST 33 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 33 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking +** +** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords +** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine +** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, +** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_count() interface returns the number of distinct +** keywords understood by SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) interface finds the N-th keyword and +** makes *Z point to that keyword expressed as UTF8 and writes the number +** of bytes in the keyword into *L. The string that *Z points to is not +** zero-terminated. The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) routine returns +** SQLITE_OK if N is within bounds and SQLITE_ERROR if not. If either Z +** or L are NULL or invalid pointers then calls to +** sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) result in undefined behavior. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_check(Z,L) interface checks to see whether or not +** the L-byte UTF8 identifier that Z points to is a keyword, returning non-zero +** if it is and zero if not. +** +** The parser used by SQLite is forgiving. It is often possible to use +** a keyword as an identifier as long as such use does not result in a +** parsing ambiguity. For example, the statement +** "CREATE TABLE BEGIN(REPLACE,PRAGMA,END);" is accepted by SQLite, and +** creates a new table named "BEGIN" with three columns named +** "REPLACE", "PRAGMA", and "END". Nevertheless, best practice is to avoid +** using keywords as identifiers. Common techniques used to avoid keyword +** name collisions include: +**
      +**
    • Put all identifier names inside double-quotes. This is the official +** SQL way to escape identifier names. +**
    • Put identifier names inside [...]. This is not standard SQL, +** but it is what SQL Server does and so lots of programmers use this +** technique. +**
    • Begin every identifier with the letter "Z" as no SQL keywords start +** with "Z". +**
    • Include a digit somewhere in every identifier name. +**
    +** +** Note that the number of keywords understood by SQLite can depend on +** compile-time options. For example, "VACUUM" is not a keyword if +** SQLite is compiled with the [-DSQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM] option. Also, +** new keywords may be added to future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_count(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_name(int,const char**,int*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamic String Object +** KEYWORDS: {dynamic string} +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_str object contains a dynamically-sized +** string under construction. +** +** The lifecycle of an sqlite3_str object is as follows: +**
      +**
    1. ^The sqlite3_str object is created using [sqlite3_str_new()]. +**
    2. ^Text is appended to the sqlite3_str object using various +** methods, such as [sqlite3_str_appendf()]. +**
    3. ^The sqlite3_str object is destroyed and the string it created +** is returned using the [sqlite3_str_finish()] interface. +**
    +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Dynamic String Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes +** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by +** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a +** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory +** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will +** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from +** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for +** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value +** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter +** to any of the other [sqlite3_str] methods. +** +** The D parameter to [sqlite3_str_new(D)] may be NULL. If the +** D parameter in [sqlite3_str_new(D)] is not NULL, then the maximum +** length of the string contained in the [sqlite3_str] object will be +** the value set for [sqlite3_limit](D,[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) instead +** of [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_str *sqlite3_str_new(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Dynamic String +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface destroys the sqlite3_str object X +** and returns a pointer to a memory buffer obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] +** that contains the constructed string. The calling application should +** pass the returned value to [sqlite3_free()] to avoid a memory leak. +** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface may return a NULL pointer if any +** errors were encountered during construction of the string. ^The +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface will also return a NULL pointer if the +** string in [sqlite3_str] object X is zero bytes long. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add Content To A Dynamic String +** METHOD: sqlite3_str +** +** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained +** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and +** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] +** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of +** [sqlite3_str] object X. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S +** onto the end of the [sqlite3_str] object X. N must be non-negative. +** S must contain at least N non-zero bytes of content. To append a +** zero-terminated string in its entirety, use the [sqlite3_str_appendall()] +** method instead. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendall(X,S)] method appends the complete content of +** zero-terminated string S onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendchar(X,N,C)] method appends N copies of the +** single-byte character C onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. +** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction +** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. +** +** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact +** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a +** subsequent call to [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_append(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendall(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendchar(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_reset(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Of A Dynamic String +** METHOD: sqlite3_str +** +** These interfaces return the current status of an [sqlite3_str] object. +** +** ^If any prior errors have occurred while constructing the dynamic string +** in sqlite3_str X, then the [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method will return +** an appropriate error code. ^The [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method returns +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] following any out-of-memory error, or +** [SQLITE_TOOBIG] if the size of the dynamic string exceeds +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH], or [SQLITE_OK] if there have been no errors. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_length(X)] method returns the current length, in bytes, +** of the dynamic string under construction in [sqlite3_str] object X. +** ^The length returned by [sqlite3_str_length(X)] does not include the +** zero-termination byte. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_value(X)] method returns a pointer to the current +** content of the dynamic string under construction in X. The value +** returned by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] is managed by the sqlite3_str object X +** and might be freed or altered by any subsequent method on the same +** [sqlite3_str] object. Applications must not used the pointer returned +** [sqlite3_str_value(X)] after any subsequent method call on the same +** object. ^Applications may change the content of the string returned +** by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] as long as they do not write into any bytes +** outside the range of 0 to [sqlite3_str_length(X)] and do not read or +** write any byte after any subsequent sqlite3_str method call. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_errcode(sqlite3_str*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_length(sqlite3_str*); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_value(sqlite3_str*); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information ** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes @@ -6602,19 +8733,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); ** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current ** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a -** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return +** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure. ** -** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be -** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite -** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and -** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time -** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter -** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. +** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to +** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by +** sqlite3_status() are undefined. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( + int op, + sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, + sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, + int resetFlag +); /* @@ -6629,8 +8763,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF **
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out ** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The ** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application -** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory -** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Auxiliary page-cache ** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation ** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
    )^ @@ -6639,7 +8772,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    @@ -6648,11 +8781,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ ** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] @@ -6664,36 +8797,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the -** [scratch memory allocator] configured using -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not -** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation -** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads -** using scratch memory at the same time.
    )^ +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]]
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    +**
    No longer used.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values -** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too -** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the -** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer -** slots were available. -**
    )^ +**
    No longer used.
    ** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]]
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    +**
    No longer used.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    -**
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only +**
    The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ **
    • ** @@ -6702,23 +8821,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF #define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that -** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** @@ -6753,7 +8873,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** checked out.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    -**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +**
    This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** @@ -6774,21 +8894,33 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED
    +**
    This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a +** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap +** memory used by that pager cache is divided evenly between the attached +** connections.)^ In other words, if none of the pager caches associated +** with the database connection are shared, this request returns the same +** value as DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. Or, if one or more or the pager caches are +** shared, the value returned by this call will be smaller than that returned +** by DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. ^The highwater mark associated with +** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED is always 0. +** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with ** the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. @@ -6796,13 +8928,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. **
    ** @@ -6817,6 +8949,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. ** ** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk in the middle of a transaction due to the page +** cache overflowing. Transactions are more efficient if they are written +** to disk all at once. When pages spill mid-transaction, that introduces +** additional overhead. This parameter can be used help identify +** inefficiencies that can be resolved by increasing the cache size. +**
    +** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
    **
    This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if ** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been @@ -6835,11 +8976,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED 11 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL 12 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 12 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various ** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number @@ -6848,7 +8992,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. +** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement @@ -6875,7 +9019,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    **
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    @@ -6893,10 +9037,38 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
    **
    ^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed ** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal -** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be ** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. ** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 ** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE
    +**
    ^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been +** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to +** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN
    +**
    ^This is the number of times that the prepared statement has +** been run. A single "run" for the purposes of this counter is one +** or more calls to [sqlite3_step()] followed by a call to [sqlite3_reset()]. +** The counter is incremented on the first [sqlite3_step()] call of each +** cycle. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FILTER_MISS]] +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FILTER HIT]] +**
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FILTER_HIT
    +** SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FILTER_MISS
    +**
    ^SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FILTER_HIT is the number of times that a join +** step was bypassed because a Bloom filter returned not-found. The +** corresponding SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FILTER_MISS value is the number of +** times that the Bloom filter returned a find, and thus the join step +** had to be processed as normal. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED
    +**
    ^This is the approximate number of bytes of heap memory +** used to store the prepared statement. ^This value is not actually +** a counter, and so the resetFlg parameter to sqlite3_stmt_status() +** is ignored when the opcode is SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED. **
    ** */ @@ -6904,6 +9076,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE 5 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN 6 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FILTER_MISS 7 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FILTER_HIT 8 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED 99 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object @@ -6939,15 +9116,15 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a +** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an @@ -6960,19 +9137,19 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up +** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** @@ -6991,7 +9168,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The -** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage ** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will ** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying @@ -7004,7 +9181,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** @@ -7019,12 +9196,12 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** +** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a -** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a ** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested ** for each entry in the page cache. @@ -7050,7 +9227,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** ** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite ** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 -** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may +** failed.)^ In between the xFetch() calls, SQLite may ** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of ** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. ** @@ -7063,8 +9240,8 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] @@ -7104,7 +9281,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); @@ -7149,7 +9326,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** @@ -7160,34 +9337,38 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: **
      **
    1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the -** backup, -**
    2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer +** backup, +**
    3. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally -**
    4. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. +**
    5. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. **
    )^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() ** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** destination database. +** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is ** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the ** destination [database connection] D. @@ -7197,14 +9378,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() ** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages @@ -7226,8 +9407,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] @@ -7235,15 +9416,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. @@ -7252,18 +9433,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() ** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid @@ -7280,20 +9461,20 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** -** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] ** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** -** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside -** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed -** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. -** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces -** retrieve these two values, respectively. -** -** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by -** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup -** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra -** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file -** changing. +** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still +** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages +** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent +** sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that +** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining, +** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next +** sqlite3_backup_step().)^ ** ** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles ** @@ -7303,23 +9484,23 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] ** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction ** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a -** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. +** backup is in progress might also cause a mutex deadlock. ** ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the @@ -7339,12 +9520,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. @@ -7352,18 +9534,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] -** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. +** call that concludes the blocking connection's transaction. ** ** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, ** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already @@ -7373,15 +9555,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** @@ -7394,25 +9576,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** Callback Invocation Details ** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to ** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, ** and the second is the number of entries in the array. ** -** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be +** When a blocking connection's transaction is concluded, there may be ** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify ** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** Deadlock Detection ** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for @@ -7435,7 +9617,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** The "DROP TABLE" Exception ** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements @@ -7448,7 +9630,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( @@ -7472,18 +9654,43 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: String Globbing * -** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches -** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match -** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P. +** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in ** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the -** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case -** sensitive. +** SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function +** is case sensitive. ** ** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings ** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); +/* +** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E. +** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E" +** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^For "X LIKE P" without +** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0. +** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case +** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match +** one another. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though +** only ASCII characters are case folded. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc); + /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface ** @@ -7509,14 +9716,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that -** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a -** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in -** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. ** -** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked @@ -7535,27 +9741,29 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** -** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any -** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the -** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^The return value is +** a copy of the third parameter from the previous call, if any, or 0. +** ^Note that the [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will -** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or -** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** @@ -7567,6 +9775,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( ** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ** +** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. +** ** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint ** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] ** pages. The use of this interface @@ -7577,91 +9788,117 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X -** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an -** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of -** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in -** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ ** -** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface -** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the -** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be -** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be +** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to +** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition +** information. ** -** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to +** occur. But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** interface was added. This interface is retained for backwards +** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually +** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding +** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database -** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the -** eMode parameter: +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint +** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M. Status +** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^ +** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^ ** **
    **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    -** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log -** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling -** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished +** if there are concurrent readers or writers. ** **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    -** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +** ^This mode blocks (it invokes the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no ** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database -** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the -** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. +** snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending, +** but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded. ** **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    -** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after -** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures -** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file -** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** [busy-handler callback]) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. +** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new +** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE
    +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the +** addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior +** to a successful return. **
    ** -** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in -** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to -** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already -** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be -** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. -** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 -** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because +** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not +** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the +** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function +** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or +** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful +** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been +** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. ** -** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If -** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** -** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive -** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained -** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer -** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is -** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for -** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be +** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and +** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock +** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the -** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as -** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible -** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** -** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If -** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the -** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other -** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error -** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** [database connection] db. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** -** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL -** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If ** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any ** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, +** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface +** sets the error information that is queried by +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** +** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ @@ -7672,16 +9909,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( ); /* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values +** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode} ** -** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to -** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] -** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of -** each of these values. +** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed +** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface. +** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the +** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes. */ -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* Like FULL but wait for readers */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3 /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration @@ -7693,21 +9932,28 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( ** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or ** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. ** -** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using -** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options -** may be added in the future. +** In the call sqlite3_vtab_config(D,C,...) the D parameter is the +** [database connection] in which the virtual table is being created and +** which is passed in as the first argument to the [xConnect] or [xCreate] +** method that is invoking sqlite3_vtab_config(). The C parameter is one +** of the [virtual table configuration options]. The presence and meaning +** of parameters after C depend on which [virtual table configuration option] +** is used. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option} ** ** These macros define the various options to the ** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations ** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. ** **
    -**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT]] +**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
    **
    Calls of the form ** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, ** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose @@ -7721,24 +9967,56 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. -** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon -** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE -** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON -** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY]]
    SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY
    +**
    Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY) from within the +** the [xConnect] or [xCreate] methods of a [virtual table] implmentation +** prohibits that virtual table from being used from within triggers and +** views. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS]]
    SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS
    +**
    Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS) from within the +** the [xConnect] or [xCreate] methods of a [virtual table] implementation +** identify that virtual table as being safe to use from within triggers +** and views. Conceptually, the SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS tag means that the +** virtual table can do no serious harm even if it is controlled by a +** malicious hacker. Developers should avoid setting the SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS +** flag unless absolutely necessary. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_USES_ALL_SCHEMAS]]
    SQLITE_VTAB_USES_ALL_SCHEMAS
    +**
    Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_USES_ALL_SCHEMA) from within the +** the [xConnect] or [xCreate] methods of a [virtual table] implementation +** instruct the query planner to begin at least a read transaction on +** all schemas ("main", "temp", and any ATTACH-ed databases) whenever the +** virtual table is used. +**
    **
    */ #define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 +#define SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS 2 +#define SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY 3 +#define SQLITE_VTAB_USES_ALL_SCHEMAS 4 /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy @@ -7752,8 +10030,306 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If Virtual Table Column Access Is For UPDATE +** +** If the sqlite3_vtab_nochange(X) routine is called within the [xColumn] +** method of a [virtual table], then it might return true if the +** column is being fetched as part of an UPDATE operation during which the +** column value will not change. The virtual table implementation can use +** this hint as permission to substitute a return value that is less +** expensive to compute and that the corresponding +** [xUpdate] method understands as a "no-change" value. +** +** If the [xColumn] method calls sqlite3_vtab_nochange() and finds that +** the column is not changed by the UPDATE statement, then the xColumn +** method can optionally return without setting a result, without calling +** any of the [sqlite3_result_int|sqlite3_result_xxxxx() interfaces]. +** In that case, [sqlite3_value_nochange(X)] will return true for the +** same column in the [xUpdate] method. +** +** The sqlite3_vtab_nochange() routine is an optimization. Virtual table +** implementations should continue to give a correct answer even if the +** sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface were to always return false. In the +** current implementation, the sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface does always +** returns false for the enhanced [UPDATE FROM] statement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint +** METHOD: sqlite3_index_info +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table]. This function returns a pointer to a string +** that is the name of the appropriate collation sequence to use for text +** comparisons on the constraint identified by its arguments. +** +** The first argument must be the pointer to the [sqlite3_index_info] object +** that is the first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument +** must be an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the +** sqlite3_index_info structure passed to xBestIndex. +** +** Important: +** The first parameter must be the same pointer that is passed into the +** xBestMethod() method. The first parameter may not be a pointer to a +** different [sqlite3_index_info] object, even an exact copy. +** +** The return value is computed as follows: +** +**
      +**

    1. If the constraint comes from a WHERE clause expression that contains +** a [COLLATE operator], then the name of the collation specified by +** that COLLATE operator is returned. +**

    2. If there is no COLLATE operator, but the column that is the subject +** of the constraint specifies an alternative collating sequence via +** a [COLLATE clause] on the column definition within the CREATE TABLE +** statement that was passed into [sqlite3_declare_vtab()], then the +** name of that alternative collating sequence is returned. +**

    3. Otherwise, "BINARY" is returned. +**

    +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a virtual table query is DISTINCT +** METHOD: sqlite3_index_info +** +** This API may only be used from within an [xBestIndex|xBestIndex method] +** of a [virtual table] implementation. The result of calling this +** interface from outside of xBestIndex() is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vtab_distinct() interface returns an integer between 0 and +** 3. The integer returned by sqlite3_vtab_distinct() +** gives the virtual table additional information about how the query +** planner wants the output to be ordered. As long as the virtual table +** can meet the ordering requirements of the query planner, it may set +** the "orderByConsumed" flag. +** +**

    1. +** ^If the sqlite3_vtab_distinct() interface returns 0, that means +** that the query planner needs the virtual table to return all rows in the +** sort order defined by the "nOrderBy" and "aOrderBy" fields of the +** [sqlite3_index_info] object. This is the default expectation. If the +** virtual table outputs all rows in sorted order, then it is always safe for +** the xBestIndex method to set the "orderByConsumed" flag, regardless of +** the return value from sqlite3_vtab_distinct(). +**

    2. +** ^(If the sqlite3_vtab_distinct() interface returns 1, that means +** that the query planner does not need the rows to be returned in sorted order +** as long as all rows with the same values in all columns identified by the +** "aOrderBy" field are adjacent.)^ This mode is used when the query planner +** is doing a GROUP BY. +**

    3. +** ^(If the sqlite3_vtab_distinct() interface returns 2, that means +** that the query planner does not need the rows returned in any particular +** order, as long as rows with the same values in all "aOrderBy" columns +** are adjacent.)^ ^(Furthermore, only a single row for each particular +** combination of values in the columns identified by the "aOrderBy" field +** needs to be returned.)^ ^It is always ok for two or more rows with the same +** values in all "aOrderBy" columns to be returned, as long as all such rows +** are adjacent. ^The virtual table may, if it chooses, omit extra rows +** that have the same value for all columns identified by "aOrderBy". +** ^However omitting the extra rows is optional. +** This mode is used for a DISTINCT query. +**

    4. +** ^(If the sqlite3_vtab_distinct() interface returns 3, that means +** that the query planner needs only distinct rows but it does need the +** rows to be sorted.)^ ^The virtual table implementation is free to omit +** rows that are identical in all aOrderBy columns, if it wants to, but +** it is not required to omit any rows. This mode is used for queries +** that have both DISTINCT and ORDER BY clauses. +**

    +** +** ^For the purposes of comparing virtual table output values to see if the +** values are same value for sorting purposes, two NULL values are considered +** to be the same. In other words, the comparison operator is "IS" +** (or "IS NOT DISTINCT FROM") and not "==". +** +** If a virtual table implementation is unable to meet the requirements +** specified above, then it must not set the "orderByConsumed" flag in the +** [sqlite3_index_info] object or an incorrect answer may result. +** +** ^A virtual table implementation is always free to return rows in any order +** it wants, as long as the "orderByConsumed" flag is not set. ^When the +** the "orderByConsumed" flag is unset, the query planner will add extra +** [bytecode] to ensure that the final results returned by the SQL query are +** ordered correctly. The use of the "orderByConsumed" flag and the +** sqlite3_vtab_distinct() interface is merely an optimization. ^Careful +** use of the sqlite3_vtab_distinct() interface and the "orderByConsumed" +** flag might help queries against a virtual table to run faster. Being +** overly aggressive and setting the "orderByConsumed" flag when it is not +** valid to do so, on the other hand, might cause SQLite to return incorrect +** results. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_distinct(sqlite3_index_info*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Identify and handle IN constraints in xBestIndex +** +** This interface may only be used from within an +** [xBestIndex|xBestIndex() method] of a [virtual table] implementation. +** The result of invoking this interface from any other context is +** undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^(A constraint on a virtual table of the form +** "[IN operator|column IN (...)]" is +** communicated to the xBestIndex method as a +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ] constraint.)^ If xBestIndex wants to use +** this constraint, it must set the corresponding +** aConstraintUsage[].argvIndex to a postive integer. ^(Then, under +** the usual mode of handling IN operators, SQLite generates [bytecode] +** that invokes the [xFilter|xFilter() method] once for each value +** on the right-hand side of the IN operator.)^ Thus the virtual table +** only sees a single value from the right-hand side of the IN operator +** at a time. +** +** In some cases, however, it would be advantageous for the virtual +** table to see all values on the right-hand of the IN operator all at +** once. The sqlite3_vtab_in() interfaces facilitates this in two ways: +** +**
      +**

    1. +** ^A call to sqlite3_vtab_in(P,N,-1) will return true (non-zero) +** if and only if the [sqlite3_index_info|P->aConstraint][N] constraint +** is an [IN operator] that can be processed all at once. ^In other words, +** sqlite3_vtab_in() with -1 in the third argument is a mechanism +** by which the virtual table can ask SQLite if all-at-once processing +** of the IN operator is even possible. +** +**

    2. +** ^A call to sqlite3_vtab_in(P,N,F) with F==1 or F==0 indicates +** to SQLite that the virtual table does or does not want to process +** the IN operator all-at-once, respectively. ^Thus when the third +** parameter (F) is non-negative, this interface is the mechanism by +** which the virtual table tells SQLite how it wants to process the +** IN operator. +**

    +** +** ^The sqlite3_vtab_in(P,N,F) interface can be invoked multiple times +** within the same xBestIndex method call. ^For any given P,N pair, +** the return value from sqlite3_vtab_in(P,N,F) will always be the same +** within the same xBestIndex call. ^If the interface returns true +** (non-zero), that means that the constraint is an IN operator +** that can be processed all-at-once. ^If the constraint is not an IN +** operator or cannot be processed all-at-once, then the interface returns +** false. +** +** ^(All-at-once processing of the IN operator is selected if both of the +** following conditions are met: +** +**
      +**

    1. The P->aConstraintUsage[N].argvIndex value is set to a positive +** integer. This is how the virtual table tells SQLite that it wants to +** use the N-th constraint. +** +**

    2. The last call to sqlite3_vtab_in(P,N,F) for which F was +** non-negative had F>=1. +**

    )^ +** +** ^If either or both of the conditions above are false, then SQLite uses +** the traditional one-at-a-time processing strategy for the IN constraint. +** ^If both conditions are true, then the argvIndex-th parameter to the +** xFilter method will be an [sqlite3_value] that appears to be NULL, +** but which can be passed to [sqlite3_vtab_in_first()] and +** [sqlite3_vtab_in_next()] to find all values on the right-hand side +** of the IN constraint. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_in(sqlite3_index_info*, int iCons, int bHandle); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find all elements on the right-hand side of an IN constraint. +** +** These interfaces are only useful from within the +** [xFilter|xFilter() method] of a [virtual table] implementation. +** The result of invoking these interfaces from any other context +** is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** The X parameter in a call to sqlite3_vtab_in_first(X,P) or +** sqlite3_vtab_in_next(X,P) should be one of the parameters to the +** xFilter method which invokes these routines, and specifically +** a parameter that was previously selected for all-at-once IN constraint +** processing use the [sqlite3_vtab_in()] interface in the +** [xBestIndex|xBestIndex method]. ^(If the X parameter is not +** an xFilter argument that was selected for all-at-once IN constraint +** processing, then these routines return [SQLITE_ERROR].)^ +** +** ^(Use these routines to access all values on the right-hand side +** of the IN constraint using code like the following: +** +** 
    +**    for(rc=sqlite3_vtab_in_first(pList, &pVal);
+**        rc==SQLITE_OK && pVal;
+**        rc=sqlite3_vtab_in_next(pList, &pVal)
+**    ){
+**      // do something with pVal
+**    }
+**    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+**      // an error has occurred
+**    }
+**
    )^ +** +** ^On success, the sqlite3_vtab_in_first(X,P) and sqlite3_vtab_in_next(X,P) +** routines return SQLITE_OK and set *P to point to the first or next value +** on the RHS of the IN constraint. ^If there are no more values on the +** right hand side of the IN constraint, then *P is set to NULL and these +** routines return [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The return value might be +** some other value, such as SQLITE_NOMEM, in the event of a malfunction. +** +** The *ppOut values returned by these routines are only valid until the +** next call to either of these routines or until the end of the xFilter +** method from which these routines were called. If the virtual table +** implementation needs to retain the *ppOut values for longer, it must make +** copies. The *ppOut values are [protected sqlite3_value|protected]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_in_first(sqlite3_value *pVal, sqlite3_value **ppOut); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_in_next(sqlite3_value *pVal, sqlite3_value **ppOut); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constraint values in xBestIndex() +** METHOD: sqlite3_index_info +** +** This API may only be used from within the [xBestIndex|xBestIndex method] +** of a [virtual table] implementation. The result of calling this interface +** from outside of an xBestIndex method are undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^When the sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value(P,J,V) interface is invoked from within +** the [xBestIndex] method of a [virtual table] implementation, with P being +** a copy of the [sqlite3_index_info] object pointer passed into xBestIndex and +** J being a 0-based index into P->aConstraint[], then this routine +** attempts to set *V to the value of the right-hand operand of +** that constraint if the right-hand operand is known. ^If the +** right-hand operand is not known, then *V is set to a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value(P,J,V) interface returns SQLITE_OK if +** and only if *V is set to a value. ^The sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value(P,J,V) +** inteface returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND if the right-hand side of the J-th +** constraint is not available. ^The sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value() interface +** can return an result code other than SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if +** something goes wrong. +** +** The sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value() interface is usually only successful if +** the right-hand operand of a constraint is a literal value in the original +** SQL statement. If the right-hand operand is an expression or a reference +** to some other column or a [host parameter], then sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value() +** will probably return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND]. +** +** ^(Some constraints, such as [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL] and +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL], have no right-hand operand. For such +** constraints, sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value() always returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND.)^ +** +** ^The [sqlite3_value] object returned in *V is a protected sqlite3_value +** and remains valid for the duration of the xBestIndex method call. +** ^When xBestIndex returns, the sqlite3_value object returned by +** sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value() is automatically deallocated. +** +** The "_rhs_" in the name of this routine is an abbreviation for +** "Right-Hand Side". +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value(sqlite3_index_info*, int, sqlite3_value **ppVal); + /* ** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} ** ** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to ** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode @@ -7769,7 +10345,624 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); /* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ #define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options} +** +** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the +** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface. Each constant designates a +** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return. +** +** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is +** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when +** S is finalized. +** +** Not all values are available for all query elements. When a value is +** not available, the output variable is set to -1 if the value is numeric, +** or to NULL if it is a string (SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME). +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP
    +**
    ^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the V parameter will be +** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT
    +**
    ^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST
    +**
    ^The "double" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set to the +** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each +** iteration of the X-th loop. If the query planner's estimates was accurate, +** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the +** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will +** be the NLOOP value for the current loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME
    +**
    ^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table +** used for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN
    +**
    ^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] +** description for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID
    +**
    ^The "int" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set to the +** id for the X-th query plan element. The id value is unique within the +** statement. The select-id is the same value as is output in the first +** column of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_PARENTID]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_PARENTID
    +**
    The "int" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set to the +** the id of the parent of the current query element, if applicable, or +** to zero if the query element has no parent. This is the same value as +** returned in the second column of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NCYCLE]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NCYCLE
    +**
    The sqlite3_int64 output value is set to the number of cycles, +** according to the processor time-stamp counter, that elapsed while the +** query element was being processed. This value is not available for +** all query elements - if it is unavailable the output variable is +** set to -1. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP 0 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT 1 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST 2 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME 3 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN 4 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_PARENTID 6 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NCYCLE 7 +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** These interfaces return information about the predicted and measured +** performance for pStmt. Advanced applications can use this +** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and +** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found. +** +** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only +** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] +** compile-time option. +** +** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return. +** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior +** of this interface is undefined. ^The requested measurement is written into +** a variable pointed to by the "pOut" parameter. +** +** The "flags" parameter must be passed a mask of flags. At present only +** one flag is defined - SQLITE_SCANSTAT_COMPLEX. If SQLITE_SCANSTAT_COMPLEX +** is specified, then status information is available for all elements +** of a query plan that are reported by "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" output. If +** SQLITE_SCANSTAT_COMPLEX is not specified, then only query plan elements +** that correspond to query loops (the "SCAN..." and "SEARCH..." elements of +** the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN output) are available. Invoking API +** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() is equivalent to calling +** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_v2() with a zeroed flags parameter. +** +** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific query element to retrieve statistics +** for. Query elements are numbered starting from zero. A value of -1 may be +** to query for statistics regarding the entire query. ^If idx is out of range +** - less than -1 or greater than or equal to the total number of query +** elements used to implement the statement - a non-zero value is returned and +** the variable that pOut points to is unchanged. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement for which info desired */ + int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ + int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ + void *pOut /* Result written here */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_v2( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement for which info desired */ + int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ + int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ + int flags, /* Mask of flags defined below */ + void *pOut /* Result written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status +** KEYWORDS: {scan status flags} +*/ +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_COMPLEX 0x0001 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters. +** +** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor +** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the +** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an +** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database +** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] +** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and +** any [attached] databases. +** +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked +** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then +** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages +** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped +** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this +** function returns SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for +** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is +** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately. +** +** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message +** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation +** on a database table. +** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single +** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides +** the previous setting. +** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] +** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter. +** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as +** the first parameter to callbacks. +** +** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the +** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to +** system tables like sqlite_sequence or sqlite_stat1. +** +** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to +** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. +** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the +** kind of update operation that is about to occur. +** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** database within the database connection that is being modified. This +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached +** databases.)^ +** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** table that is being modified. +** +** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth +** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, +** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth +** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the +** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted +** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback +** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for +** DELETE operations on rowid tables. +** +** ^The sqlite3_preupdate_hook(D,C,P) function returns the P argument from +** the previous call on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call on D. +** +** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], +** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces +** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines +** may only be called from within a preupdate callback. Invoking any of +** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a +** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied +** to the preupdate callback results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_count(D)] interface returns the number of columns +** in the row that is being inserted, updated, or deleted. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_old(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row before it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_INSERT callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_new(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row after it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_INSERT and SQLITE_UPDATE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_DELETE callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate +** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level +** triggers; and so forth. +** +** When the [sqlite3_blob_write()] API is used to update a blob column, +** the pre-update hook is invoked with SQLITE_DELETE. This is because the +** in this case the new values are not available. In this case, when a +** callback made with op==SQLITE_DELETE is actuall a write using the +** sqlite3_blob_write() API, the [sqlite3_preupdate_blobwrite()] returns +** the index of the column being written. In other cases, where the +** pre-update hook is being invoked for some other reason, including a +** regular DELETE, sqlite3_preupdate_blobwrite() returns -1. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_update_hook()] +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK) +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( + sqlite3 *db, + void(*xPreUpdate)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int op, /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */ + char const *zDb, /* Database name */ + char const *zName, /* Table name */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey1, /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey2 /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */ + ), + void* +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_blobwrite(sqlite3 *); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error +** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. +** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be +** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot +** KEYWORDS: {snapshot} {sqlite3_snapshot} +** +** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode] +** database for some specific point in history. +** +** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the +** same database file can each be reading a different historical version +** of the database file. When a [database connection] begins a read +** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database +** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started. +** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen +** by the reader until a new read transaction is started. +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical +** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read +** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than +** the most recent version. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { + unsigned char hidden[48]; +} sqlite3_snapshot; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a +** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of +** schema S in database connection D. ^On success, the +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly +** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. +** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** +** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of +** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is +** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined +** in this case. +** +**
      +**
    • The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. +** +**
    • Schema S of [database connection] D must be a [WAL mode] database. +** +**
    • There must not be a write transaction open on schema S of database +** connection D. +** +**
    • One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal +** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction +** must be written to it first. +**
    +** +** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] +** to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read +** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to +** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the +** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK +** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. +** +** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in +** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there +** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle +** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed +** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). +** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or +** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. +** +** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified +** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case +** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. +** +** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is +** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same +** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT +** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an +** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the +** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the +** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. +** +** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the +** database connection D does not know that the database file for +** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know +** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ +** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened +** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_open( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P. +** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object +** using this routine to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compare the ages of two snapshot handles. +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages +** of two valid snapshot handles. +** +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** +** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the +** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the +** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the +** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** is undefined. +** +** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older +** snapshot than P2, zero if the two handles refer to the same database +** snapshot, and a positive value if P1 is a newer snapshot than P2. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp( + sqlite3_snapshot *p1, + sqlite3_snapshot *p2 +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Recover snapshots from a wal file +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** If a [WAL file] remains on disk after all database connections close +** (either through the use of the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] [file control] +** or because the last process to have the database opened exited without +** calling [sqlite3_close()]) and a new connection is subsequently opened +** on that database and [WAL file], the [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface +** will only be able to open the last transaction added to the WAL file +** even though the WAL file contains other valid transactions. +** +** This function attempts to scan the WAL file associated with database zDb +** of database handle db and make all valid snapshots available to +** sqlite3_snapshot_open(). It is an error if there is already a read +** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a WAL mode +** database. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Serialize a database +** +** The sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) interface returns a pointer to memory +** that is a serialization of the S database on [database connection] D. +** If P is not a NULL pointer, then the size of the database in bytes +** is written into *P. +** +** For an ordinary on-disk database file, the serialization is just a +** copy of the disk file. For an in-memory database or a "TEMP" database, +** the serialization is the same sequence of bytes which would be written +** to disk if that database where backed up to disk. +** +** The usual case is that sqlite3_serialize() copies the serialization of +** the database into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] and returns +** a pointer to that memory. The caller is responsible for freeing the +** returned value to avoid a memory leak. However, if the F argument +** contains the SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit, then no memory allocations +** are made, and the sqlite3_serialize() function will return a pointer +** to the contiguous memory representation of the database that SQLite +** is currently using for that database, or NULL if the no such contiguous +** memory representation of the database exists. A contiguous memory +** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has +** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same +** values of D and S. +** The size of the database is written into *P even if the +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy +** of the database exists. +** +** A call to sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) might return NULL even if the +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is omitted from argument F if a memory +** allocation error occurs. +** +** This interface is omitted if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to serialize. ex: "main", "temp", ... */ + sqlite3_int64 *piSize, /* Write size of the DB here, if not NULL */ + unsigned int mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_SERIALIZE_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_serialize +** +** Zero or more of the following constants can be OR-ed together for +** the F argument to [sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F)]. +** +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY means that [sqlite3_serialize()] will return +** a pointer to contiguous in-memory database that it is currently using, +** without making a copy of the database. If SQLite is not currently using +** a contiguous in-memory database, then this option causes +** [sqlite3_serialize()] to return a NULL pointer. SQLite will only be +** using a contiguous in-memory database if it has been initialized by a +** prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY 0x001 /* Do no memory allocations */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database +** +** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the +** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then +** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained +** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of +** the buffer P, which might be larger than N. If M is larger than N, and +** the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY bit is not set in F, then SQLite is +** permitted to add content to the in-memory database as long as the total +** size does not exceed M bytes. +** +** If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in F, then SQLite will +** invoke sqlite3_free() on the serialization buffer when the database +** connection closes. If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE bit is set, then +** SQLite will try to increase the buffer size using sqlite3_realloc64() +** if writes on the database cause it to grow larger than M bytes. +** +** The sqlite3_deserialize() interface will fail with SQLITE_BUSY if the +** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup +** operation. +** +** It is not possible to deserialized into the TEMP database. If the +** S argument to sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) is "temp" then the +** function returns SQLITE_ERROR. +** +** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the +** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then +** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. +** +** This interface is omitted if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */ + unsigned char *pData, /* The serialized database content */ + sqlite3_int64 szDb, /* Number bytes in the deserialization */ + sqlite3_int64 szBuf, /* Total size of buffer pData[] */ + unsigned mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_deserialize() +** +** The following are allowed values for 6th argument (the F argument) to +** the [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F)] interface. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE means that the database serialization +** in the P argument is held in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] +** and that SQLite should take ownership of this memory and automatically +** free it when it has finished using it. Without this flag, the caller +** is responsible for freeing any dynamically allocated memory. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE flag means that SQLite is allowed to +** grow the size of the database using calls to [sqlite3_realloc64()]. This +** flag should only be used if SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE is also used. +** Without this flag, the deserialized database cannot increase in size beyond +** the number of bytes specified by the M parameter. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY flag means that the deserialized database +** should be treated as read-only. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE 1 /* Call sqlite3_free() on close */ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE 2 /* Resize using sqlite3_realloc64() */ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY 4 /* Database is read-only */ /* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for @@ -7779,11 +10972,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); # undef double #endif +#if defined(__wasi__) +# undef SQLITE_WASI +# define SQLITE_WASI 1 +# undef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +# define SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 1/* because it requires shared memory APIs */ +# ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +# define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +# endif +# ifndef SQLITE_THREADSAFE +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 0 +# endif +#endif + #if 0 } /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif -#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ +#endif /* SQLITE3_H */ +/******** Begin file sqlite3rtree.h *********/ /* ** 2010 August 30 ** @@ -7806,6 +11013,16 @@ extern "C" { #endif typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif /* ** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an @@ -7816,11 +11033,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, -#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, sqlite3_int64 *a, int *pRes), -#else - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, double *a, int *pRes), -#endif + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), void *pContext ); @@ -7832,11 +11045,62 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ - double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ }; +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visibility */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ + /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL values of parameters */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + #if 0 } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ @@ -7844,9 +11108,2957 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { #endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ +/******** End of sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/******** Begin file sqlite3session.h *********/ + +#if !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) +#define __SQLITESESSION_H_ 1 + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle +** +** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to +** record changes to a database. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle +** +** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating +** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session +** +** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful, +** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite +** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single +** database handle. +** +** Session objects created using this function should be deleted using the +** [sqlite3session_delete()] function before the database handle that they +** are attached to is itself closed. If the database handle is closed before +** the session object is deleted, then the results of calling any session +** module function, including [sqlite3session_delete()] on the session object +** are undefined. +** +** Because the session module uses the [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] API, it +** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a +** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is +** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** either of these things are undefined. +** +** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in +** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an +** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached +** to the database when the session object is created. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */ + sqlite3_session **ppSession /* OUT: New session object */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session +** +** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the +** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module +** function are undefined. +** +** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure a Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** This method is used to configure a session object after it has been +** created. At present the only valid values for the second parameter are +** [SQLITE_SESSION_OBJCONFIG_SIZE] and [SQLITE_SESSION_OBJCONFIG_ROWID]. +** +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_object_config(sqlite3_session*, int op, void *pArg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Options for sqlite3session_object_config +** +** The following values may passed as the the 2nd parameter to +** sqlite3session_object_config(). +** +**
    SQLITE_SESSION_OBJCONFIG_SIZE
    +** This option is used to set, clear or query the flag that enables +** the [sqlite3session_changeset_size()] API. Because it imposes some +** computational overhead, this API is disabled by default. Argument +** pArg must point to a value of type (int). If the value is initially +** 0, then the sqlite3session_changeset_size() API is disabled. If it +** is greater than 0, then the same API is enabled. Or, if the initial +** value is less than zero, no change is made. In all cases the (int) +** variable is set to 1 if the sqlite3session_changeset_size() API is +** enabled following the current call, or 0 otherwise. +** +** It is an error (SQLITE_MISUSE) to attempt to modify this setting after +** the first table has been attached to the session object. +** +**
    SQLITE_SESSION_OBJCONFIG_ROWID
    +** This option is used to set, clear or query the flag that enables +** collection of data for tables with no explicit PRIMARY KEY. +** +** Normally, tables with no explicit PRIMARY KEY are simply ignored +** by the sessions module. However, if this flag is set, it behaves +** as if such tables have a column "_rowid_ INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" inserted +** as their leftmost columns. +** +** It is an error (SQLITE_MISUSE) to attempt to modify this setting after +** the first table has been attached to the session object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SESSION_OBJCONFIG_SIZE 1 +#define SQLITE_SESSION_OBJCONFIG_ROWID 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When +** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When +** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled. +** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further +** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects +** the eventual changesets. +** +** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or +** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either: +** +**
      +**
    • The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is +** made, or +**
    • The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. +**
    +** +** If a single row is affected by more than one operation within a session, +** then the change is considered indirect if all operations meet the criteria +** for an indirect change above, or direct otherwise. +** +** This function is used to set, clear or query the session object indirect +** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the +** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag +** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** indirect flag for the specified session object. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. +** +** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** the new tables are also recorded. +** +** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY +** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. +** +** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor +** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, +** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. +** +** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored +** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +**

    Special sqlite_stat1 Handling

    +** +** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to +** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: +** 
    +**        CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)
+**
    +** +** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are +** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes +** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such +** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or +** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be +** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** concat() and similar. +** +** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the +** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 +** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), +** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset +** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a +** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application +** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. +** +** Legacy (older than 3.22.0) versions of the sessions module cannot capture +** changes made to the sqlite_stat1 table. Legacy versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_apply() function silently ignore any modifications to the +** sqlite_stat1 table that are part of a changeset or patchset. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is +** attached, xFilter will not be called again. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning +** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to +** zero and return an SQLite error code. +** +** A changeset consists of zero or more INSERT, UPDATE and/or DELETE changes, +** each representing a change to a single row of an attached table. An INSERT +** change contains the values of each field of a new database row. A DELETE +** contains the original values of each field of a deleted database row. An +** UPDATE change contains the original values of each field of an updated +** database row along with the updated values for each updated non-primary-key +** column. It is not possible for an UPDATE change to represent a change that +** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it +** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. +** +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, +** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this +** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in +** PRIMARY KEY columns is updated so that all PRIMARY KEY columns are non-NULL, +** only an INSERT is appears in the changeset. Similarly, if an existing row +** with non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values is updated so that one or more of its +** PRIMARY KEY columns are set to NULL, the resulting changeset contains a +** DELETE change only. +** +** The contents of a changeset may be traversed using an iterator created +** using the [sqlite3changeset_start()] API. A changeset may be applied to +** a database with a compatible schema using the [sqlite3changeset_apply()] +** API. +** +** Within a changeset generated by this function, all changes related to a +** single table are grouped together. In other words, when iterating through +** a changeset or when applying a changeset to a database, all changes related +** to a single table are processed before moving on to the next table. Tables +** are sorted in the same order in which they were attached (or auto-attached) +** to the sqlite3_session object. The order in which the changes related to +** a single table are stored is undefined. +** +** Following a successful call to this function, it is the responsibility of +** the caller to eventually free the buffer that *ppChangeset points to using +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +**

    Changeset Generation

    +** +** Once a table has been attached to a session object, the session object +** records the primary key values of all new rows inserted into the table. +** It also records the original primary key and other column values of any +** deleted or updated rows. For each unique primary key value, data is only +** recorded once - the first time a row with said primary key is inserted, +** updated or deleted in the lifetime of the session. +** +** There is one exception to the previous paragraph: when a row is inserted, +** updated or deleted, if one or more of its primary key columns contain a +** NULL value, no record of the change is made. +** +** The session object therefore accumulates two types of records - those +** that consist of primary key values only (created when the user inserts +** a new record) and those that consist of the primary key values and the +** original values of other table columns (created when the users deletes +** or updates a record). +** +** When this function is called, the requested changeset is created using +** both the accumulated records and the current contents of the database +** file. Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried +** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** is added to the changeset. +** +**
    • For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is +** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching +** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original +** values, no change is added to the changeset. +**
    +** +** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later +** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is +** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of +** a DELETE and an INSERT. +** +** When a session object is disabled (see the [sqlite3session_enable()] API), +** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. +** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row +** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the +** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the +** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return An Upper-limit For The Size Of The Changeset +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** By default, this function always returns 0. For it to return +** a useful result, the sqlite3_session object must have been configured +** to enable this API using sqlite3session_object_config() with the +** SQLITE_SESSION_OBJCONFIG_SIZE verb. +** +** When enabled, this function returns an upper limit, in bytes, for the size +** of the changeset that might be produced if sqlite3session_changeset() were +** called. The final changeset size might be equal to or smaller than the +** size in bytes returned by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3session_changeset_size(sqlite3_session *pSession); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first +** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the +** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it +** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return +** an error). +** +** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. +** A table is considered compatible if it: +** +**
      +**
    • Has the same name, +**
    • Has the same set of columns declared in the same order, and +**
    • Has the same PRIMARY KEY definition. +**
    +** +** If the tables are not compatible, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned. If the tables +** are compatible but do not have any PRIMARY KEY columns, it is not an error +** but no changes are added to the session object. As with other session +** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. +** +** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. +** +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. +** +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the +** session. +**
    +** +** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** identical. +** +** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the +** required compatible table. +** +** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + const char *zFromDb, + const char *zTbl, + char **pzErrMsg +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: +** +**
      +**
    • DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** original values of other fields are omitted. +**
    • The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** UPDATE records. +**
    +** +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, +** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset +** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work +** in the same way as for changesets. +** +** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets +** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for +** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which +** they were attached to the session object). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnPatchset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppPatchset */ + void **ppPatchset /* OUT: Buffer containing patchset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. +** +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** more changes have been recorded, return zero. +** +** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling +** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** changeset containing zero changes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query for the amount of heap memory used by a session object. +** +** This API returns the total amount of heap memory in bytes currently +** used by the session object passed as the only argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3session_memory_used(sqlite3_session *pSession); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. +** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an +** SQLite error code is returned. +** +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** iterator created by this function: +** +**
      +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_next()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_op()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_new()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_old()] +**
    +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually destroy the iterator +** by passing it to [sqlite3changeset_finalize()]. The buffer containing the +** changeset (pChangeset) must remain valid until after the iterator is +** destroyed. +** +** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the +** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** another change for table X. +** +** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent +** may be modified by passing a combination of +** [SQLITE_CHANGESETSTART_INVERT | supported flags] as the 4th parameter. +** +** Note that the sqlite3changeset_start_v2() API is still experimental +** and therefore subject to change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ + int flags /* SESSION_CHANGESETSTART_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_start_v2 +** +** The following flags may passed via the 4th parameter to +** [sqlite3changeset_start_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm]: +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT
    +** Invert the changeset while iterating through it. This is equivalent to +** inverting a changeset using sqlite3changeset_invert() before applying it. +** It is an error to specify this flag with a patchset. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETSTART_INVERT 0x0002 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function may only be used with iterators created by the function +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to +** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE +** is returned and the call has no effect. +** +** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it +** does not point to any change in the changeset. Assuming the changeset +** is not empty, the first call to this function advances the iterator to +** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances +** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If +** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this +** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** +** Arguments pOp, pnCol and pzTab may not be NULL. Upon return, three +** outputs are set through these pointers: +** +** *pOp is set to one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], +** depending on the type of change that the iterator currently points to; +** +** *pnCol is set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change; and +** +** *pzTab is set to point to a nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing +** the name of the table affected by the current change. The buffer remains +** valid until either sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator +** or until the conflict-handler function returns. +** +** If pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change +** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect +** changes. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an +** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not +** be trusted in this case. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Pointer to table name */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Number of columns in table */ + int *pOp, /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */ + int *pbIndirect /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following: +** +**
      +**
    • The number of columns in the table, and +**
    • Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY. +**
    +** +** This function is used to find which columns comprise the PRIMARY KEY of +** the table modified by the change that iterator pIter currently points to. +** If successful, *pabPK is set to point to an array of nCol entries, where +** nCol is the number of columns in the table. Elements of *pabPK are set to +** 0x01 if the corresponding column is part of the tables primary key, or +** 0x00 if it is not. +** +** If argument pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is set to the number of columns +** in the table. +** +** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid +** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described +** above. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + unsigned char **pabPK, /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */ + int *pnCol /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a +** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function +** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue +** is set to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback +** and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case +** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key +** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int *pnOut /* OUT: Number of FK violations */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. +** +** This function should only be called on iterators created using the +** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this +** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by +** [sqlite3changeset_apply()], [SQLITE_MISUSE] is immediately returned and the +** call has no effect. +** +** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding +** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): +** +** 
    +**   sqlite3changeset_start();
+**   while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){
+**     // Do something with change.
+**   }
+**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
+**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+**     // An error has occurred
+**   }
+**
    +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset +** +** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted +** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted +** changeset. Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • Each DELETE change is changed to an INSERT, and +**
    • Each INSERT change is changed to a DELETE, and +**
    • For each UPDATE change, the old.* and new.* values are exchanged. +**
    +** +** This function does not change the order in which changes appear within +** the changeset. It merely reverses the sense of each individual change. +** +** If successful, a pointer to a buffer containing the inverted changeset +** is stored in *ppOut, the size of the same buffer is stored in *pnOut, and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, both *pnOut and *ppOut are +** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** call to this function. +** +** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid +** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( + int nIn, const void *pIn, /* Input changeset */ + int *pnOut, void **ppOut /* OUT: Inverse of input */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects +** +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying +** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** +** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the +** following code fragment: +** +** 
    +**   sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
+**   rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+**     rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
+**   }else{
+**     *ppOut = 0;
+**     *pnOut = 0;
+**   }
+**
    +** +** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( + int nA, /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */ + void *pA, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */ + int nB, /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */ + void *pB, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppOut /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle +** +** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more +** [changesets] or [patchsets] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets +** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup +** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is +** always in the same format as the input. +** +** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with +** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code +** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** The usual usage pattern for an sqlite3_changegroup object is as follows: +** +**
      +**
    • It is created using a call to sqlite3changegroup_new(). +** +**
    • Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object +** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). +** +**
    • The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). +** +**
    • The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). +**
    +** +** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to +** new() and delete(), and in any order. +** +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming +** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup +** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** +** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function +** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if +** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this +** function. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR is returned and no changes are added +** to the changegroup. +** +** Rows within the changeset and changegroup are identified by the values in +** their PRIMARY KEY columns. A change in the changeset is considered to +** apply to the same row as a change already present in the changegroup if +** the two rows have the same primary key. +** +** Changes to rows that do not already appear in the changegroup are +** simply copied into it. Or, if both the new changeset and the changegroup +** contain changes that apply to a single row, the final contents of the +** changegroup depends on the type of each change, as follows: +** +** +** +** +**
    Existing Change New Change Output Change +**
    INSERT INSERT +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    INSERT UPDATE +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the +** existing change and then updated according to the new change. +**
    INSERT DELETE +** The existing INSERT is removed from the changegroup. The DELETE is +** not added. +**
    UPDATE INSERT +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    UPDATE UPDATE +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** by the existing change and then again by the new change. +**
    UPDATE DELETE +** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the +** changegroup. +**
    DELETE INSERT +** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. +**
    DELETE UPDATE +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    DELETE DELETE +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    +** +** If the new changeset contains changes to a table that is already present +** in the changegroup, then the number of columns and the position of the +** primary key columns for the table must be consistent. If this is not the +** case, this function fails with SQLITE_SCHEMA. If the input changeset +** appears to be corrupt and the corruption is detected, SQLITE_CORRUPT is +** returned. Or, if an out-of-memory condition occurs during processing, this +** function returns SQLITE_NOMEM. In all cases, if an error occurs the state +** of the final contents of the changegroup is undefined. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup +** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the +** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup +** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the +** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset. +** +** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and +** sqlite3session_patchset() functions, all changes related to a single +** table are grouped together in the output of this function. Tables appear +** in the same order as for the very first changeset added to the changegroup. +** If the second or subsequent changesets added to the changegroup contain +** changes for tables that do not appear in the first changeset, they are +** appended onto the end of the output changeset, again in the order in +** which they are first encountered. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output +** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a +** call to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output( + sqlite3_changegroup*, + int *pnData, /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */ + void **ppData /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database +** +** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to +** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in +** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** +** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter +** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one +** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with +** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer +** passed as the sixth argument as the first. If the "filter callback" +** returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to the table. +** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to +** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. +** +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** considered compatible if all of the following are true: +** +**
      +**
    • The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** changeset, and +**
    • The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the +** changeset, and +**
    • The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** recorded in the changeset. +**
    +** +** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the +** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued +** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most +** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. +** +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** each type of change is below. +** +** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results +** of passing anything other than a valid function pointer as the xConflict +** argument are undefined. +** +** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned +** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler +** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value +** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to +** the documentation for the three +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. +** +**
    +**
    DELETE Changes
    +** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original +** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is +** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. If the +** database table has more columns than are recorded in the changeset, +** only the values of those non-primary key fields are compared against +** the current database contents - any trailing database table columns +** are ignored. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the +** conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] +** passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE +** operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler +** function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +**
    INSERT Changes
    +** For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into +** the database. If the changeset row contains fewer fields than the +** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default +** values. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler +** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +**
    UPDATE Changes
    +** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values +** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an +** original row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function +** is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since +** UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are +** to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to +** avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +**
    +** +** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the +** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback. +** This can be used to further customize the application's conflict +** resolution strategy. +** +** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. +** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to +** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** SQLite error code returned. +** +** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and +** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() +** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the +** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) +** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer +** is only allocated and populated if one or more conflicts were encountered +** while applying the patchset. See comments surrounding the sqlite3_rebaser +** APIs for further details. +** +** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its streaming equivalent +** may be modified by passing a combination of +** [SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT | supported flags] as the 9th parameter. +** +** Note that the sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() API is still experimental +** and therefore subject to change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ + void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, /* OUT: Rebase data */ + int flags /* SESSION_CHANGESETAPPLY_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 +** +** The following flags may passed via the 9th parameter to +** [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm]: +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT
    +** Usually, the sessions module encloses all operations performed by +** a single call to apply_v2() or apply_v2_strm() in a [SAVEPOINT]. The +** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully +** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag +** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the +** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, +** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT
    +** Invert the changeset before applying it. This is equivalent to inverting +** a changeset using sqlite3changeset_invert() before applying it. It is +** an error to specify this flag with a patchset. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_IGNORENOOP
    +** Do not invoke the conflict handler callback for any changes that +** would not actually modify the database even if they were applied. +** Specifically, this means that the conflict handler is not invoked +** for: +**
      +**
    • a delete change if the row being deleted cannot be found, +**
    • an update change if the modified fields are already set to +** their new values in the conflicting row, or +**
    • an insert change if all fields of the conflicting row match +** the row being inserted. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_IGNORENOOP 0x0004 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler +** +** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA
    +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument +** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** expected "before" values. +** +** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND
    +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second +** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the +** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT
    +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** in duplicate primary key values. +** +** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY
    +** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument +** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler +** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the +** foreign key constraint violation, are committed. Or, if it returns +** CHANGESET_ABORT, the changeset is rolled back. +** +** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function +** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle +** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT
    +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND 2 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT 3 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler +** +** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT
    +** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** continues to the next change in the changeset. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE
    +** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict +** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is either updated or deleted, depending +** on the type of change. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is removed from the database and a +** second attempt to apply the change is made. If this second attempt fails, +** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT
    +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT 0 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that +** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a +** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based +** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and +** applied to the database. The database is then in state +** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict +** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". +** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict +** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts +** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. +** +** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an +** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": +** +** local: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v1'); +** remote: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v2'); +** +** and the conflict resolution is REPLACE, then the INSERT change is +** removed from the local changeset (it was overridden). Or, if the +** conflict resolution was "OMIT", then the local changeset is modified +** to instead contain: +** +** UPDATE t1 SET b = 'v2' WHERE a=1; +** +** Changes within the local changeset are rebased as follows: +** +**
    +**
    Local INSERT
    +** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict +** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased +** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add +** nothing to the rebased changeset. +** +**
    Local DELETE
    +** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. In both cases the +** only possible resolution is OMIT. If the remote operation was a +** DELETE, then add no change to the rebased changeset. If the remote +** operation was an UPDATE, then the old.* fields of change are updated +** to reflect the new.* values in the UPDATE. +** +**
    Local UPDATE
    +** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. If it conflicts +** with a DELETE, and the conflict resolution was OMIT, then the update +** is changed into an INSERT. Any undefined values in the new.* record +** from the update change are filled in using the old.* values from +** the conflicting DELETE. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, +** the UPDATE change is simply omitted from the rebased changeset. +** +** If conflict is with a remote UPDATE and the resolution is OMIT, then +** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote +** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied +** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by +** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would +** be updated, the change is omitted. +**
    +** +** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes +** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote +** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset +** is rebased: +** +**
      +**
    • If there has been one or more REPLACE resolutions on a +** key, it is rebased according to a REPLACE. +** +**
    • If there have been no REPLACE resolutions on a key, then +** the local changeset is rebased according to the most recent +** of the OMIT resolutions. +**
    +** +** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are +** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the +** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single +** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for +** OMIT. +** +** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first +** be applied to the local database using sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and +** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: +** +**
      +**
    1. An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling +** sqlite3rebaser_create(). +**
    2. The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). +** If the local changeset is to be rebased against multiple remote +** changesets, then sqlite3rebaser_configure() should be called +** multiple times, in the same order that the multiple +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() calls were made. +**
    3. Each local changeset is rebased by calling sqlite3rebaser_rebase(). +**
    4. The sqlite3_rebaser object is deleted by calling +** sqlite3rebaser_delete(). +**
    +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to +** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error +** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) +** to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Configure the changeset rebaser object to rebase changesets according +** to the conflict resolutions described by buffer pRebase (size nRebase +** bytes), which must have been obtained from a previous call to +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( + sqlite3_rebaser*, + int nRebase, const void *pRebase +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Argument pIn must point to a buffer containing a changeset nIn bytes +** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy +** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the +** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) +** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and +** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) +** are set to zero and an SQLite error code returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( + sqlite3_rebaser*, + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Delete the changeset rebaser object and all associated resources. There +** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation +** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. +** +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** corresponding non-streaming API functions: +** +** +** +**
    Streaming functionNon-streaming equivalent
    sqlite3changeset_apply_strm[sqlite3changeset_apply] +**
    sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] +**
    sqlite3changeset_concat_strm[sqlite3changeset_concat] +**
    sqlite3changeset_invert_strm[sqlite3changeset_invert] +**
    sqlite3changeset_start_strm[sqlite3changeset_start] +**
    sqlite3session_changeset_strm[sqlite3session_changeset] +**
    sqlite3session_patchset_strm[sqlite3session_patchset] +**
    +** +** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the +** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. +** +** In order to avoid this problem, instead of a single large buffer, input +** is passed to a streaming API functions by way of a callback function that +** the sessions module invokes to incrementally request input data as it is +** required. In all cases, a pair of API function parameters such as +** +** 
    +**        int nChangeset,
+**        void *pChangeset,
+**
    +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** 
    +**        int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+**        void *pIn,
+**
    +** +** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns +** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function +** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. +** +** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be +** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the +** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. +** +** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) +** return them in chunks by way of a callback function instead of via a +** pointer to a single large buffer. In this case, a pair of parameters such +** as: +** +** 
    +**        int *pnChangeset,
+**        void **ppChangeset,
+**
    +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** 
    +**        int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+**        void *pOut
+**
    +** +** The xOutput callback is invoked zero or more times to return data to +** the application. The first parameter passed to each call is a copy of the +** pOut pointer supplied by the application. The second parameter, pData, +** points to a buffer nData bytes in size containing the chunk of output +** data being returned. If the xOutput callback successfully processes the +** supplied data, it should return SQLITE_OK to indicate success. Otherwise, +** it should return some other SQLite error code. In this case processing +** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy +** of the xOutput error code to the application. +** +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, +** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ + void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, + int flags +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm( + int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInA, + int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInB, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm( + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int flags +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( + sqlite3_rebaser *pRebaser, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters +** +** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs +** of the application. +** +** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked +** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the +** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions +** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. +** +** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one +** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The +** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and +** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first +** parameter. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_STRMSIZE
    +** By default, the sessions module streaming interfaces attempt to input +** and output data in approximately 1 KiB chunks. This operand may be used +** to set and query the value of this configuration setting. The pointer +** passed as the second argument must point to a value of type (int). +** If this value is greater than 0, it is used as the new streaming data +** chunk size for both input and output. Before returning, the (int) value +** pointed to by pArg is set to the final value of the streaming interface +** chunk size. +**
    +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Values for sqlite3session_config(). +*/ +#define SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_STRMSIZE 1 + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) */ + +/******** End of sqlite3session.h *********/ +/******** Begin file fts5.h *********/ +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** FTS5 may be extended with: +** +** * custom tokenizers, and +** * custom auxiliary functions. +*/ + + +#ifndef _FTS5_H +#define _FTS5_H + + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +** +** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing +** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method. +*/ + +typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi; +typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context; +typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter; + +typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +); + +struct Fts5PhraseIter { + const unsigned char *a; + const unsigned char *b; +}; + +/* +** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS +** +** xUserData(pFts): +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** registered with. +** +** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the FTS5 table. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** xColumnCount(pFts): +** Return the number of columns in the table. +** +** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set +** *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table +** created with the "columnsize=0" option. +** +** xColumnText: +** This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the +** current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer +** containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes +** (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values +** of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined. +** +** xPhraseCount: +** Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression. +** +** xPhraseSize: +** Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases +** are numbered starting from zero. +** +** xInstCount: +** Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within +** the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or +** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. +** +** xInst: +** Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row. +** Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument +** should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value +** output by xInstCount(). +** +** Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol +** to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the +** first token of the phrase. Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error +** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** +** xRowid: +** Returns the rowid of the current row. +** +** xTokenize: +** Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table. +** +** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback): +** This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase +** of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to: +** +** ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid +** +** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the +** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** the third argument to pUserData. +** +** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the +** query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately. +** If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards. +** +** If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by +** the callback, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** +** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) +** +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any +** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of +** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. +** +** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** single auxiliary data context. +** +** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is +** invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback +** was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this +** point. +** +** The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the +** auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished. +** +** If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, +** the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the +** xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data +** pointer before returning. +** +** +** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) +** +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. +** +** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared +** (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete, +** if any, is not invoked. +** +** +** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow) +** +** This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table. +** In other words, the same value that would be returned by: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable; +** +** xPhraseFirst() +** This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext +** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within +** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the +** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol, iOff; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff) +** ){ +** // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol +** } +** +** The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not +** modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above +** with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by +** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates +** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). +** +** xPhraseNext() +** See xPhraseFirst above. +** +** xPhraseFirstColumn() +** This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst() +** and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead +** of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these +** APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row +** that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol) +** ){ +** // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase +** } +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). +** +** The information accessed using this API and its companion +** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext +** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is +** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with +** "detail=column" tables. +** +** xPhraseNextColumn() +** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. +*/ +struct Fts5ExtensionApi { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 3 */ + + void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*); + + int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); + int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); + + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ + ); + + int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase); + + int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst); + int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn); + int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken); + + int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData, + int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*) + ); + int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*)); + void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear); + + int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); +}; + +/* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +** +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting +** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined +** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: +** +** xCreate: +** This function is used to allocate and initialize a tokenizer instance. +** A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text. +** +** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) +** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings +** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the +** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used +** to create the FTS5 table. +** +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK +** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** is undefined. +** +** xDelete: +** This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously +** allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will +** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). +** +** xTokenize: +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first +** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object +** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). +** +** The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting +** tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following +** four values: +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT - A document is being inserted into +** or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to +** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the +** FTS index. +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. +** +**
    • (FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX) - Same as +** FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is +** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token +** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary +** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same +** on a columnsize=0 database. +**
    +** +** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must +** be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer +** passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth +** arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the +** size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets +** of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from +** which the token is derived within the input. +** +** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. +** +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** order that they occur within the input text. +** +** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then +** the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should +** immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the +** input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally, +** if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it +** may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than +** SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE. +** +** SYNONYM SUPPORT +** +** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances +** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms +** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match +** all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form +** the user specified in the MATCH query text. +** +** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5: +** +**
    1. By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, using +** the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the +** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in +** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won +** 1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won", +** "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place', +** the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works +** as expected. +** +**
    2. By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term +** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: +** +** +** ... MATCH 'first place' +** +** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** similar to: +** +** +** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place' +** +** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** being treated as a single phrase. +** +**
    3. By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are +** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and +** "place". +** +** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms +** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the +** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. +**
    +** +** Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that +** specifies a tflags argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit +** is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example, +** when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports +** synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows: +** +** +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "i", 1, 0, 1); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "won", 3, 2, 5); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "first", 5, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "place", 5, 12, 17); +** +** +** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time +** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a +** single token. +** +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, +** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it +** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the +** token "first" is substituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query: +** +** +** ... MATCH '1s*' +** +** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer +** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). +** +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix +** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because +** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space +** within the database. +** +** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to +** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' +** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, +** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. +** +** When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only +** provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query +** text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is +** inefficient. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer; +typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; +struct fts5_tokenizer { + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); + void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + void *pCtx, + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iStart, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ + int iEnd /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ + ) + ); +}; + +/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */ +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY 0x0001 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX 0x0002 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT 0x0004 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX 0x0008 + +/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5 +** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */ +#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED 0x0001 /* Same position as prev. token */ + +/* +** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API +*/ +typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api; +struct fts5_api { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 2 */ + + /* Create a new tokenizer */ + int (*xCreateTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); + + /* Find an existing tokenizer */ + int (*xFindTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void **ppContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer + ); + + /* Create a new auxiliary function */ + int (*xCreateFunction)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_extension_function xFunction, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); +}; + +/* +** END OF REGISTRATION API +*************************************************************************/ + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* _FTS5_H */ + +/******** End of fts5.h *********/ /************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** Reuse the STATIC_LRU for mutex access to sqlite3_temp_directory. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_TEMPDIR SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 + +/* +** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the +** autoconf-based build +*/ +#if defined(_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(SQLITECONFIG_H) +#include "sqlite_cfg.h" +#define SQLITECONFIG_H 1 +#endif + +/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. +*/ + +/* +** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also +** limits the size of a row in a table or index. +** +** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer +** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** This is the maximum number of +** +** * Columns in a table +** * Columns in an index +** * Columns in a view +** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement +** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement +** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. +** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** +** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will +** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should +** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if +** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few +** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN +# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. +** +** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would +** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible +** to turn this limit off. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. A value of 0 means that there is no limit. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. +** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one +** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result +** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL +** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable +** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT +# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. +** Not currently enforced. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP +# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 250000000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#endif + +/* +** The suggested maximum number of in-memory pages to use for +** the main database table and for temporary tables. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30185-15359 The default suggested cache size is -2000, +** which means the cache size is limited to 2048000 bytes of memory. +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48205-43578 The default suggested cache size can be +** altered using the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE compile-time options. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -2000 +#endif + +/* +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 +** and 125. The upper bound of 125 is because the attached databases are +** counted using a signed 8-bit integer which has a maximum value of 127 +** and we have to allow 2 extra counts for the "main" and "temp" databases. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED +# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 +#endif + + +/* +** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. +** If the value exceeds 32767 then extra space is required for the Expr +** structure. But otherwise, we believe that the number can be as large +** as a signed 32-bit integer can hold. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 32766 +#endif + +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 + + +/* +** The default size of a database page. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 4096 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases +** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain +** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), +** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value +** SQLite will choose on its own. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + + +/* +** Maximum number of pages in one database file. +** +** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. +** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the +** max_page_count macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT +# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ +#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ +#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ +#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#endif + +/* +** A few places in the code require atomic load/store of aligned +** integer values. +*/ +#ifndef __has_extension +# define __has_extension(x) 0 /* compatibility with non-clang compilers */ +#endif +#if GCC_VERSION>=4007000 || __has_extension(c_atomic) +# define SQLITE_ATOMIC_INTRINSICS 1 +# define AtomicLoad(PTR) __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) +# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) +#else +# define SQLITE_ATOMIC_INTRINSICS 0 +# define AtomicLoad(PTR) (*(PTR)) +# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) (*(PTR) = (VAL)) +#endif + +/* +** Include standard header files as necessary +*/ +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +#include +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and +** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler +** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements +** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. +** +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or +** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers +** that vary from one machine to the next. +** +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. +*/ +#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +#elif defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) +#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#endif + +/* +** Macros to hint to the compiler that a function should or should not be +** inlined. +*/ +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) +# define SQLITE_INLINE __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) +# define SQLITE_INLINE __forceinline +#else +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE +# define SQLITE_INLINE +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) +# undef SQLITE_INLINE +# define SQLITE_INLINE +#endif + +/* +** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when +** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by +** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 +# if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# include +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort) +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong) +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64) +# pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier) +# else +# include +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** +** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. +** We support that for legacy. +** +** To ensure that the correct value of "THREADSAFE" is reported when querying +** for compile-time options at runtime (e.g. "PRAGMA compile_options"), this +** logic is partially replicated in ctime.c. If it is updated here, it should +** also be updated there. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) +# if defined(THREADSAFE) +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE +# else +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using +** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE +# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 +#endif + +/* +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by +** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in +** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to +** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. +** +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() +** +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. +** +** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as +** the default. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ + are defined but at most one is allowed:\ + SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ + SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the +** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 +#endif + +/* +** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. +** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit +** it. +*/ +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 +#endif + +/* +** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that +** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, +** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. +** +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the +** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action +** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG +** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif + +/* +** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 +#endif + +/* +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + extern unsigned int sqlite3CoverageCounter; +# endif +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3CoverageCounter += (unsigned)__LINE__; } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X +#else +# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Disable ALWAYS() and NEVER() (make them pass-throughs) for coverage +** and mutation testing +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) +# define SQLITE_OMIT_AUXILIARY_SAFETY_CHECKS 1 +#endif + +/* +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will +** not be counted as untested code. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUXILIARY_SAFETY_CHECKS) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** Some conditionals are optimizations only. In other words, if the +** conditionals are replaced with a constant 1 (true) or 0 (false) then +** the correct answer is still obtained, though perhaps not as quickly. +** +** The following macros mark these optimizations conditionals. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) +# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X) (1) +# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (0) +#else +# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X) (X) +# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is +** defined. We need to defend against those failures when testing with +** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches +** during a normal build. The following macro can be used to disable tests +** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (X) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (0) +#endif + +/* +** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) + extern int sqlite3OSTrace; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +#else +# define OSTRACE(X) +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +#endif + +/* +** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build? Currently, +** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when +** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are +** compiled using SQLITE_TEST). +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) +# define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME +#else +# undef SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME +#endif + +/* +** SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS is incompatible with SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +#endif + +/* +** SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE implies SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE) +# define SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) + +/* +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, +** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but +** currently they are just comments for human readers. +*/ +#define likely(X) (X) +#define unlikely(X) (X) + /************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ /* @@ -7863,8 +14075,8 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { ** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation ** used in SQLite. */ -#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ -#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ +#ifndef SQLITE_HASH_H +#define SQLITE_HASH_H /* Forward declarations of structures. */ typedef struct Hash Hash; @@ -7886,7 +14098,7 @@ typedef struct HashElem HashElem; ** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. ** ** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done -** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the ** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements ** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage ** the hash table. @@ -7896,12 +14108,12 @@ struct Hash { unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ struct _ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + unsigned int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ } *ht; }; -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really @@ -7910,15 +14122,15 @@ struct Hash { struct HashElem { HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ + const char *pKey; /* Key associated with this element */ }; /* ** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* @@ -7942,171 +14154,198 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* ** Number of entries in a hash table */ -/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ +#define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) -#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ +#endif /* SQLITE_HASH_H */ /************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ -#define TK_SEMI 1 -#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 -#define TK_QUERY 3 -#define TK_PLAN 4 -#define TK_BEGIN 5 -#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 -#define TK_DEFERRED 7 -#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 -#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 -#define TK_COMMIT 10 -#define TK_END 11 -#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 -#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 -#define TK_RELEASE 14 -#define TK_TO 15 -#define TK_TABLE 16 -#define TK_CREATE 17 -#define TK_IF 18 -#define TK_NOT 19 -#define TK_EXISTS 20 -#define TK_TEMP 21 -#define TK_LP 22 -#define TK_RP 23 -#define TK_AS 24 -#define TK_COMMA 25 -#define TK_ID 26 -#define TK_INDEXED 27 -#define TK_ABORT 28 -#define TK_ACTION 29 -#define TK_AFTER 30 -#define TK_ANALYZE 31 -#define TK_ASC 32 -#define TK_ATTACH 33 -#define TK_BEFORE 34 -#define TK_BY 35 -#define TK_CASCADE 36 -#define TK_CAST 37 -#define TK_COLUMNKW 38 -#define TK_CONFLICT 39 -#define TK_DATABASE 40 -#define TK_DESC 41 -#define TK_DETACH 42 -#define TK_EACH 43 -#define TK_FAIL 44 -#define TK_FOR 45 -#define TK_IGNORE 46 -#define TK_INITIALLY 47 -#define TK_INSTEAD 48 -#define TK_LIKE_KW 49 -#define TK_MATCH 50 -#define TK_NO 51 -#define TK_KEY 52 -#define TK_OF 53 -#define TK_OFFSET 54 -#define TK_PRAGMA 55 -#define TK_RAISE 56 -#define TK_REPLACE 57 -#define TK_RESTRICT 58 -#define TK_ROW 59 -#define TK_TRIGGER 60 -#define TK_VACUUM 61 -#define TK_VIEW 62 -#define TK_VIRTUAL 63 -#define TK_REINDEX 64 -#define TK_RENAME 65 -#define TK_CTIME_KW 66 -#define TK_ANY 67 -#define TK_OR 68 -#define TK_AND 69 -#define TK_IS 70 -#define TK_BETWEEN 71 -#define TK_IN 72 -#define TK_ISNULL 73 -#define TK_NOTNULL 74 -#define TK_NE 75 -#define TK_EQ 76 -#define TK_GT 77 -#define TK_LE 78 -#define TK_LT 79 -#define TK_GE 80 -#define TK_ESCAPE 81 -#define TK_BITAND 82 -#define TK_BITOR 83 -#define TK_LSHIFT 84 -#define TK_RSHIFT 85 -#define TK_PLUS 86 -#define TK_MINUS 87 -#define TK_STAR 88 -#define TK_SLASH 89 -#define TK_REM 90 -#define TK_CONCAT 91 -#define TK_COLLATE 92 -#define TK_BITNOT 93 -#define TK_STRING 94 -#define TK_JOIN_KW 95 -#define TK_CONSTRAINT 96 -#define TK_DEFAULT 97 -#define TK_NULL 98 -#define TK_PRIMARY 99 -#define TK_UNIQUE 100 -#define TK_CHECK 101 -#define TK_REFERENCES 102 -#define TK_AUTOINCR 103 -#define TK_ON 104 -#define TK_INSERT 105 -#define TK_DELETE 106 -#define TK_UPDATE 107 -#define TK_SET 108 -#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109 -#define TK_FOREIGN 110 -#define TK_DROP 111 -#define TK_UNION 112 -#define TK_ALL 113 -#define TK_EXCEPT 114 -#define TK_INTERSECT 115 -#define TK_SELECT 116 -#define TK_DISTINCT 117 -#define TK_DOT 118 -#define TK_FROM 119 -#define TK_JOIN 120 -#define TK_USING 121 -#define TK_ORDER 122 -#define TK_GROUP 123 -#define TK_HAVING 124 -#define TK_LIMIT 125 -#define TK_WHERE 126 -#define TK_INTO 127 -#define TK_VALUES 128 -#define TK_INTEGER 129 -#define TK_FLOAT 130 -#define TK_BLOB 131 -#define TK_REGISTER 132 -#define TK_VARIABLE 133 -#define TK_CASE 134 -#define TK_WHEN 135 -#define TK_THEN 136 -#define TK_ELSE 137 -#define TK_INDEX 138 -#define TK_ALTER 139 -#define TK_ADD 140 -#define TK_TO_TEXT 141 -#define TK_TO_BLOB 142 -#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143 -#define TK_TO_INT 144 -#define TK_TO_REAL 145 -#define TK_ISNOT 146 -#define TK_END_OF_FILE 147 -#define TK_ILLEGAL 148 -#define TK_SPACE 149 -#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 150 -#define TK_FUNCTION 151 -#define TK_COLUMN 152 -#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 153 -#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 154 -#define TK_CONST_FUNC 155 -#define TK_UMINUS 156 -#define TK_UPLUS 157 +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 +#define TK_RELEASE 14 +#define TK_TO 15 +#define TK_TABLE 16 +#define TK_CREATE 17 +#define TK_IF 18 +#define TK_NOT 19 +#define TK_EXISTS 20 +#define TK_TEMP 21 +#define TK_LP 22 +#define TK_RP 23 +#define TK_AS 24 +#define TK_COMMA 25 +#define TK_WITHOUT 26 +#define TK_ABORT 27 +#define TK_ACTION 28 +#define TK_AFTER 29 +#define TK_ANALYZE 30 +#define TK_ASC 31 +#define TK_ATTACH 32 +#define TK_BEFORE 33 +#define TK_BY 34 +#define TK_CASCADE 35 +#define TK_CAST 36 +#define TK_CONFLICT 37 +#define TK_DATABASE 38 +#define TK_DESC 39 +#define TK_DETACH 40 +#define TK_EACH 41 +#define TK_FAIL 42 +#define TK_OR 43 +#define TK_AND 44 +#define TK_IS 45 +#define TK_MATCH 46 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 47 +#define TK_BETWEEN 48 +#define TK_IN 49 +#define TK_ISNULL 50 +#define TK_NOTNULL 51 +#define TK_NE 52 +#define TK_EQ 53 +#define TK_GT 54 +#define TK_LE 55 +#define TK_LT 56 +#define TK_GE 57 +#define TK_ESCAPE 58 +#define TK_ID 59 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 60 +#define TK_DO 61 +#define TK_FOR 62 +#define TK_IGNORE 63 +#define TK_INITIALLY 64 +#define TK_INSTEAD 65 +#define TK_NO 66 +#define TK_KEY 67 +#define TK_OF 68 +#define TK_OFFSET 69 +#define TK_PRAGMA 70 +#define TK_RAISE 71 +#define TK_RECURSIVE 72 +#define TK_REPLACE 73 +#define TK_RESTRICT 74 +#define TK_ROW 75 +#define TK_ROWS 76 +#define TK_TRIGGER 77 +#define TK_VACUUM 78 +#define TK_VIEW 79 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 80 +#define TK_WITH 81 +#define TK_NULLS 82 +#define TK_FIRST 83 +#define TK_LAST 84 +#define TK_CURRENT 85 +#define TK_FOLLOWING 86 +#define TK_PARTITION 87 +#define TK_PRECEDING 88 +#define TK_RANGE 89 +#define TK_UNBOUNDED 90 +#define TK_EXCLUDE 91 +#define TK_GROUPS 92 +#define TK_OTHERS 93 +#define TK_TIES 94 +#define TK_GENERATED 95 +#define TK_ALWAYS 96 +#define TK_MATERIALIZED 97 +#define TK_REINDEX 98 +#define TK_RENAME 99 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 100 +#define TK_ANY 101 +#define TK_BITAND 102 +#define TK_BITOR 103 +#define TK_LSHIFT 104 +#define TK_RSHIFT 105 +#define TK_PLUS 106 +#define TK_MINUS 107 +#define TK_STAR 108 +#define TK_SLASH 109 +#define TK_REM 110 +#define TK_CONCAT 111 +#define TK_PTR 112 +#define TK_COLLATE 113 +#define TK_BITNOT 114 +#define TK_ON 115 +#define TK_INDEXED 116 +#define TK_STRING 117 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 118 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 119 +#define TK_DEFAULT 120 +#define TK_NULL 121 +#define TK_PRIMARY 122 +#define TK_UNIQUE 123 +#define TK_CHECK 124 +#define TK_REFERENCES 125 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 126 +#define TK_INSERT 127 +#define TK_DELETE 128 +#define TK_UPDATE 129 +#define TK_SET 130 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 131 +#define TK_FOREIGN 132 +#define TK_DROP 133 +#define TK_UNION 134 +#define TK_ALL 135 +#define TK_EXCEPT 136 +#define TK_INTERSECT 137 +#define TK_SELECT 138 +#define TK_VALUES 139 +#define TK_DISTINCT 140 +#define TK_DOT 141 +#define TK_FROM 142 +#define TK_JOIN 143 +#define TK_USING 144 +#define TK_ORDER 145 +#define TK_GROUP 146 +#define TK_HAVING 147 +#define TK_LIMIT 148 +#define TK_WHERE 149 +#define TK_RETURNING 150 +#define TK_INTO 151 +#define TK_NOTHING 152 +#define TK_FLOAT 153 +#define TK_BLOB 154 +#define TK_INTEGER 155 +#define TK_VARIABLE 156 +#define TK_CASE 157 +#define TK_WHEN 158 +#define TK_THEN 159 +#define TK_ELSE 160 +#define TK_INDEX 161 +#define TK_ALTER 162 +#define TK_ADD 163 +#define TK_WINDOW 164 +#define TK_OVER 165 +#define TK_FILTER 166 +#define TK_COLUMN 167 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 168 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 169 +#define TK_TRUEFALSE 170 +#define TK_ISNOT 171 +#define TK_FUNCTION 172 +#define TK_UMINUS 173 +#define TK_UPLUS 174 +#define TK_TRUTH 175 +#define TK_REGISTER 176 +#define TK_VECTOR 177 +#define TK_SELECT_COLUMN 178 +#define TK_IF_NULL_ROW 179 +#define TK_ASTERISK 180 +#define TK_SPAN 181 +#define TK_ERROR 182 +#define TK_SPACE 183 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 184 /************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ @@ -8116,6 +14355,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); #include #include +/* +** Use a macro to replace memcpy() if compiled with SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY. +** This allows better measurements of where memcpy() is used when running +** cachegrind. But this macro version of memcpy() is very slow so it +** should not be used in production. This is a performance measurement +** hack only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY +# define memcpy(D,S,N) {char*xxd=(char*)(D);const char*xxs=(const char*)(S);\ + int xxn=(N);while(xxn-->0)*(xxd++)=*(xxs++);} +#endif + /* ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, ** substitute integer for floating-point @@ -8138,7 +14389,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* ** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 -** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler ** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB @@ -8172,7 +14423,55 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); */ #ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE # define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 -# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it +** to zero. +*/ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 +# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS +#endif + +/* +** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate +** pagecaches for each database connection. A positive number is the +** number of pages. A negative number N translations means that a buffer +** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold. +** +** The default value of "20" was chosen to minimize the run-time of the +** speedtest1 test program with options: --shrink-memory --reprepare +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 20 +#endif + +/* +** Default value for the SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE 0x7fffffff +#endif + +/* +** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and +** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another. +** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) +#error Cannot use both SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE #endif /* @@ -8186,8 +14485,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* ** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. */ -#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) -#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) +#endif +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) +#endif + +/* +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. +*/ +#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} /* ** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or @@ -8262,34 +14570,111 @@ typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ /* ** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a -** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of -** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer -** can be used at compile-time if desired. +** table or index. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS - typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ +typedef u64 tRowcnt; + +/* +** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit +** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This +** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. +** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. +** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst +** of 40. However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates, +** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. +** +** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". +** +** Examples: +** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 +** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 +** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 +** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 +** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 +** +** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. +** Examples: +** +** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 +*/ +typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; + +/* +** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE +# if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__) +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__ +# elif defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__arm__) || defined(__x86) || \ + (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__POWERPC__)) || \ + (defined(__TOS_AIX__) && !defined(__64BIT__)) +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4 +# else +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8 +# endif +#endif + +/* The uptr type is an unsigned integer large enough to hold a pointer +*/ +#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) + typedef uintptr_t uptr; +#elif SQLITE_PTRSIZE==4 + typedef u32 uptr; #else - typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ + typedef u64 uptr; #endif /* -** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, -** evaluated at runtime. +** The SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) macro checks to see if pointer P points to +** something between S (inclusive) and E (exclusive). +** +** In other words, S is a buffer and E is a pointer to the first byte after +** the end of buffer S. This macro returns true if P points to something +** contained within the buffer S. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; +#define SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) (((uptr)(P)>=(uptr)(S))&&((uptr)(P)<(uptr)(E))) + + +/* +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. +** +** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order +** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if +** -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=0 is set, then byte-order is determined +** at run-time. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER +# if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ + defined(__ARMEL__) || defined(__AARCH64EL__) || defined(_M_ARM64) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 +# elif defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__) || \ + defined(__ARMEB__) || defined(__AARCH64EB__) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 +# else +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 +# endif #endif -#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\ - || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE #else +# ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + const int sqlite3one = 1; +# else + extern const int sqlite3one; +# endif # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) #endif /* @@ -8298,13 +14683,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; ** compilers. */ #define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +#define LARGEST_UINT64 (0xffffffff|(((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)) #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) -/* +/* ** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used ** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. +** +** ROUND8() always does the rounding, for any argument. +** +** ROUND8P() assumes that the argument is already an integer number of +** pointers in size, and so it is a no-op on systems where the pointer +** size is 8. */ #define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) +#if SQLITE_PTRSIZE==8 +# define ROUND8P(x) (x) +#else +# define ROUND8P(x) (((x)+7)&~7) +#endif /* ** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 @@ -8317,13 +14714,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; ** all alignment restrictions correct. ** ** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the -** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned +** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned ** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. */ #ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC -# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((uptr)(X) - (uptr)0)&3)==0) #else -# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((uptr)(X) - (uptr)0)&7)==0) #endif /* @@ -8339,21 +14736,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; */ #ifdef __APPLE__ # include -# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# endif #endif #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE # if defined(__linux__) \ || defined(_WIN32) \ || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ - || defined(__sun) + || defined(__sun) \ + || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ + || defined(__DragonFly__) # define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ # else # define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 # endif -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */ #endif /* @@ -8363,16 +14757,101 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE # undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE #endif +/* +** TREETRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not +** the Abstract Syntax Tree tracing logic is turned on. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TreeTrace; +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ + && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE) \ + || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREETRACE)) +# define TREETRACE_ENABLED 1 +# define TREETRACE(K,P,S,X) \ + if(sqlite3TreeTrace&(K)) \ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\ + sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define TREETRACE(K,P,S,X) +# define TREETRACE_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +/* TREETRACE flag meanings: +** +** 0x00000001 Beginning and end of SELECT processing +** 0x00000002 WHERE clause processing +** 0x00000004 Query flattener +** 0x00000008 Result-set wildcard expansion +** 0x00000010 Query name resolution +** 0x00000020 Aggregate analysis +** 0x00000040 Window functions +** 0x00000080 Generated column names +** 0x00000100 Move HAVING terms into WHERE +** 0x00000200 Count-of-view optimization +** 0x00000400 Compound SELECT processing +** 0x00000800 Drop superfluous ORDER BY +** 0x00001000 LEFT JOIN simplifies to JOIN +** 0x00002000 Constant propagation +** 0x00004000 Push-down optimization +** 0x00008000 After all FROM-clause analysis +** 0x00010000 Beginning of DELETE/INSERT/UPDATE processing +** 0x00020000 Transform DISTINCT into GROUP BY +** 0x00040000 SELECT tree dump after all code has been generated +*/ + +/* +** Macros for "wheretrace" +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3WhereTrace; +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ + && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)) +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1 +#else +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) +#endif + +/* +** Bits for the sqlite3WhereTrace mask: +** +** (---any--) Top-level block structure +** 0x-------F High-level debug messages +** 0x----FFF- More detail +** 0xFFFF---- Low-level debug messages +** +** 0x00000001 Code generation +** 0x00000002 Solver +** 0x00000004 Solver costs +** 0x00000008 WhereLoop inserts +** +** 0x00000010 Display sqlite3_index_info xBestIndex calls +** 0x00000020 Range an equality scan metrics +** 0x00000040 IN operator decisions +** 0x00000080 WhereLoop cost adjustements +** 0x00000100 +** 0x00000200 Covering index decisions +** 0x00000400 OR optimization +** 0x00000800 Index scanner +** 0x00001000 More details associated with code generation +** 0x00002000 +** 0x00004000 Show all WHERE terms at key points +** 0x00008000 Show the full SELECT statement at key places +** +** 0x00010000 Show more detail when printing WHERE terms +** 0x00020000 Show WHERE terms returned from whereScanNext() +*/ + + /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler -** callback for a given sqlite handle. +** callback for a given sqlite handle. ** ** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy ** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite @@ -8381,28 +14860,44 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; */ typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; struct BusyHandler { - int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ - void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ - int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ + int (*xBusyHandler)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ + void *pBusyArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ + int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ }; /* -** Name of the master database table. The master database table -** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all -** user tables and indices. +** Name of table that holds the database schema. +** +** The PREFERRED names are used whereever possible. But LEGACY is also +** used for backwards compatibility. +** +** 1. Queries can use either the PREFERRED or the LEGACY names +** 2. The sqlite3_set_authorizer() callback uses the LEGACY name +** 3. The PRAGMA table_list statement uses the PREFERRED name +** +** The LEGACY names are stored in the internal symbol hash table +** in support of (2). Names are translated using sqlite3PreferredTableName() +** for (3). The sqlite3FindTable() function takes care of translating +** names for (1). +** +** Note that "sqlite_temp_schema" can also be called "temp.sqlite_schema". */ -#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" -#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" +#define LEGACY_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_master" +#define LEGACY_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_temp_master" +#define PREFERRED_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_schema" +#define PREFERRED_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_temp_schema" + /* -** The root-page of the master database table. +** The root-page of the schema table. */ -#define MASTER_ROOT 1 +#define SCHEMA_ROOT 1 /* -** The name of the schema table. +** The name of the schema table. The name is different for TEMP. */ -#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) +#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) \ + ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?LEGACY_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE:LEGACY_SCHEMA_TABLE) /* ** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in @@ -8417,13 +14912,13 @@ struct BusyHandler { /* ** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). -** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the -** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce -** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any +** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the +** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce +** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any ** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC ** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. */ -#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) +#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3OomClear) /* ** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does @@ -8443,19 +14938,19 @@ struct BusyHandler { #define SQLITE_WSD const #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); #else - #define SQLITE_WSD + #define SQLITE_WSD #define GLOBAL(t,v) v #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config #endif /* ** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to -** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately +** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately ** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when -** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the +** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the ** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the ** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, ** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. @@ -8479,17 +14974,20 @@ typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; typedef struct Column Column; +typedef struct Cte Cte; +typedef struct CteUse CteUse; typedef struct Db Db; +typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; typedef struct Schema Schema; typedef struct Expr Expr; typedef struct ExprList ExprList; -typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; typedef struct FKey FKey; typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; typedef struct IdList IdList; typedef struct Index Index; +typedef struct IndexedExpr IndexedExpr; typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; @@ -8497,1095 +14995,79 @@ typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; typedef struct Module Module; typedef struct NameContext NameContext; +typedef struct OnOrUsing OnOrUsing; typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct ParseCleanup ParseCleanup; +typedef struct PreUpdate PreUpdate; +typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; +typedef struct RenameToken RenameToken; +typedef struct Returning Returning; typedef struct RowSet RowSet; typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread; typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; +typedef struct SrcItem SrcItem; typedef struct SrcList SrcList; -typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; +typedef struct sqlite3_str StrAccum; /* Internal alias for sqlite3_str */ typedef struct Table Table; typedef struct TableLock TableLock; typedef struct Token Token; +typedef struct TreeView TreeView; typedef struct Trigger Trigger; typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; +typedef struct Upsert Upsert; typedef struct VTable VTable; typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; typedef struct Walker Walker; typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; +typedef struct Window Window; +typedef struct With With; + /* -** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and +** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. +** +** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of +** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size +** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE Bitmask; +#else + typedef u64 Bitmask; +#endif + +/* +** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size". +*/ +#define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8)) + +/* +** A bit in a Bitmask +*/ +#define MASKBIT(n) (((Bitmask)1)<<(n)) +#define MASKBIT64(n) (((u64)1)<<(n)) +#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n)) +#define SMASKBIT32(n) ((n)<=31?((unsigned int)1)<<(n):0) +#define ALLBITS ((Bitmask)-1) +#define TOPBIT (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) + +/* A VList object records a mapping between parameters/variables/wildcards +** in the SQL statement (such as $abc, @pqr, or :xyz) and the integer +** variable number associated with that parameter. See the format description +** on the sqlite3VListAdd() routine for more information. A VList is really +** just an array of integers. +*/ +typedef int VList; + +/* +** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and ** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque ** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. */ -/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file -** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description -** of what each interface routine does. -*/ -#ifndef _BTREE_H_ -#define _BTREE_H_ - -/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It -** needs to be revisited. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 - -/* -** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise -** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ - -/* -** Forward declarations of structure -*/ -typedef struct Btree Btree; -typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; -typedef struct BtShared BtShared; - - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ -); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the -** following values. -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in -** pager.h. -*/ -#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ -#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ -#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR -** of the flags shown below. -** -** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. -** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data -** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With -** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored -** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL -** indices.) -*/ -#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ -#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); - -/* -** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta -** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned -** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an -** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: -** -** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) -** -** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of -** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at -** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). -*/ -#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 -#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 -#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 -#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 -#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 -#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 -#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 -#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 -#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 - -/* -** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an -** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call. -*/ -#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ - int iTable, /* Index of root page */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ - struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ - BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor*, - UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, - i64 intKey, - int bias, - int *pRes -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, - const void *pData, int nData, - int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask); - -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); -#endif - -/* -** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to -** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the -** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); -#else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); -#endif -#else - -# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 -# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) - -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 -# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 -#endif - - -#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ - -/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) -** -** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine -** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a -** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ -#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ -/* #include */ - -/* -** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines -** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides -** of this structure. -*/ -typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; - -/* -** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required -** for the VdbeOp definition. -*/ -typedef struct Mem Mem; -typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; - -/* -** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode -** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded -** as an instance of the following structure: -*/ -struct VdbeOp { - u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ - signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ - u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */ - u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ - int p1; /* First operand */ - int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ - int p3; /* The third parameter */ - union { /* fourth parameter */ - int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ - void *p; /* Generic pointer */ - char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ - i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ - double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ - FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ - Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ - VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ - int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ - SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ - int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); - } p4; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ -#endif -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ - u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ -#endif -}; -typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; - - -/* -** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. -*/ -struct SubProgram { - VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ - int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ - int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ - int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ - void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ - SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ -}; - -/* -** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because -** it takes up less space. -*/ -struct VdbeOpList { - u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ - signed char p1; /* First operand */ - signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ - signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ -}; -typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; - -/* -** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type -*/ -#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ -#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ -#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ -#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ -#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ -#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ -#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ -#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ -#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ -#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ -#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ -#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ -#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ -#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ -#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ -#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ - -/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure -** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the -** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still -** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained -** from a single sqliteMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling -** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo. -*/ -#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16) -#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17) - -/* -** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the -** number of columns of data returned by the statement. -*/ -#define COLNAME_NAME 0 -#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 -#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 -#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 -#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ -#else -# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE -# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ -# else -# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ -# endif -#endif - -/* -** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field -** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that -** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling -** the macro again restores the address. -*/ -#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) - -/* -** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" -** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. -*/ -/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ -/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ -/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ -#define OP_Function 1 -#define OP_Savepoint 2 -#define OP_AutoCommit 3 -#define OP_Transaction 4 -#define OP_SorterNext 5 -#define OP_Prev 6 -#define OP_Next 7 -#define OP_AggStep 8 -#define OP_Checkpoint 9 -#define OP_JournalMode 10 -#define OP_Vacuum 11 -#define OP_VFilter 12 -#define OP_VUpdate 13 -#define OP_Goto 14 -#define OP_Gosub 15 -#define OP_Return 16 -#define OP_Yield 17 -#define OP_HaltIfNull 18 -#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */ -#define OP_Halt 20 -#define OP_Integer 21 -#define OP_Int64 22 -#define OP_String 23 -#define OP_Null 24 -#define OP_Blob 25 -#define OP_Variable 26 -#define OP_Move 27 -#define OP_Copy 28 -#define OP_SCopy 29 -#define OP_ResultRow 30 -#define OP_CollSeq 31 -#define OP_AddImm 32 -#define OP_MustBeInt 33 -#define OP_RealAffinity 34 -#define OP_Permutation 35 -#define OP_Compare 36 -#define OP_Jump 37 -#define OP_Once 38 -#define OP_If 39 -#define OP_IfNot 40 -#define OP_Column 41 -#define OP_Affinity 42 -#define OP_MakeRecord 43 -#define OP_Count 44 -#define OP_ReadCookie 45 -#define OP_SetCookie 46 -#define OP_VerifyCookie 47 -#define OP_OpenRead 48 -#define OP_OpenWrite 49 -#define OP_OpenAutoindex 50 -#define OP_OpenEphemeral 51 -#define OP_SorterOpen 52 -#define OP_OpenPseudo 53 -#define OP_Close 54 -#define OP_SeekLt 55 -#define OP_SeekLe 56 -#define OP_SeekGe 57 -#define OP_SeekGt 58 -#define OP_Seek 59 -#define OP_NotFound 60 -#define OP_Found 61 -#define OP_IsUnique 62 -#define OP_NotExists 63 -#define OP_Sequence 64 -#define OP_NewRowid 65 -#define OP_Insert 66 -#define OP_InsertInt 67 -#define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */ -#define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */ -#define OP_Delete 70 -#define OP_ResetCount 71 -#define OP_SorterCompare 72 -#define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ -#define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ -#define OP_Ne 75 /* same as TK_NE */ -#define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */ -#define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */ -#define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */ -#define OP_Lt 79 /* same as TK_LT */ -#define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */ -#define OP_SorterData 81 -#define OP_BitAnd 82 /* same as TK_BITAND */ -#define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */ -#define OP_ShiftLeft 84 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ -#define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ -#define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */ -#define OP_Subtract 87 /* same as TK_MINUS */ -#define OP_Multiply 88 /* same as TK_STAR */ -#define OP_Divide 89 /* same as TK_SLASH */ -#define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */ -#define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ -#define OP_RowKey 92 -#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ -#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */ -#define OP_RowData 95 -#define OP_Rowid 96 -#define OP_NullRow 97 -#define OP_Last 98 -#define OP_SorterSort 99 -#define OP_Sort 100 -#define OP_Rewind 101 -#define OP_SorterInsert 102 -#define OP_IdxInsert 103 -#define OP_IdxDelete 104 -#define OP_IdxRowid 105 -#define OP_IdxLT 106 -#define OP_IdxGE 107 -#define OP_Destroy 108 -#define OP_Clear 109 -#define OP_CreateIndex 110 -#define OP_CreateTable 111 -#define OP_ParseSchema 112 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 113 -#define OP_DropTable 114 -#define OP_DropIndex 115 -#define OP_DropTrigger 116 -#define OP_IntegrityCk 117 -#define OP_RowSetAdd 118 -#define OP_RowSetRead 119 -#define OP_RowSetTest 120 -#define OP_Program 121 -#define OP_Param 122 -#define OP_FkCounter 123 -#define OP_FkIfZero 124 -#define OP_MemMax 125 -#define OP_IfPos 126 -#define OP_IfNeg 127 -#define OP_IfZero 128 -#define OP_AggFinal 129 -#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ -#define OP_IncrVacuum 131 -#define OP_Expire 132 -#define OP_TableLock 133 -#define OP_VBegin 134 -#define OP_VCreate 135 -#define OP_VDestroy 136 -#define OP_VOpen 137 -#define OP_VColumn 138 -#define OP_VNext 139 -#define OP_VRename 140 -#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ -#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ -#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ -#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ -#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ -#define OP_Pagecount 146 -#define OP_MaxPgcnt 147 -#define OP_Trace 148 -#define OP_Noop 149 -#define OP_Explain 150 - - -/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in -** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c -** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: -*/ -#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ -#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ -#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ -#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ -/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 16 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x24, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,\ -/* 24 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 32 */ 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05,\ -/* 40 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00,\ -/* 48 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11,\ -/* 56 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\ -/* 64 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 72 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\ -/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ -/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00, 0x24, 0x02, 0x00,\ -/* 96 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08,\ -/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ -/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45,\ -/* 120 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x05, 0x05,\ -/* 128 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ -/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,} - -/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ - -/* -** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation -** for a description of what each of these routines does. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); -#endif - - -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); -# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); -# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X -#else -# define VdbeComment(X) -# define VdbeNoopComment(X) -#endif - -#endif - -/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page -** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. -*/ - -#ifndef _PAGER_H_ -#define _PAGER_H_ - -/* -** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative -** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the -** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 -#endif - -/* -** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file -** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". -*/ -typedef u32 Pgno; - -/* -** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. -*/ -typedef struct Pager Pager; - -/* -** Handle type for pages. -*/ -typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; - -/* -** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is -** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file -** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c -** for details. -*/ -#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) - -/* -** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. -*/ -#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). -*/ -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 - -/* -** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. -*/ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ - -/* -** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire(). -*/ -#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ -#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ - -/* -** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() -*/ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x03 /* Mask for three values above */ -#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x04 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x10 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ -#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x1c /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ - -/* -** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for -** a detailed description of each routine. -*/ - -/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs*, - Pager **ppPager, - const char*, - int, - int, - int, - void(*)(DbPage*) -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); - -/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); - -/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) -SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); - -/* Operations on page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); - -/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); -#endif - -/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); - -/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); - -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); -#endif - -/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); - void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); - void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ - -/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ -/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 August 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. -*/ - -#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ - -typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; -typedef struct PCache PCache; - -/* -** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following -** structure. -*/ -struct PgHdr { - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ - void *pData; /* Page data */ - void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ - PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ - Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ -#endif - u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ - - /********************************************************************** - ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c - ** and should not be accessed by other modules. - */ - i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ - PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ - - PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ - PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ -}; - -/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ -#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before - ** writing this page to the database */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ -#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ -#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ - -#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x040 /* This is an mmap page object */ - -/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); - -/* Page cache buffer management: -** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); - -/* Create a new pager cache. -** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. -** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( - int szPage, /* Size of every page */ - int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ - int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ - void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ - PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ -); - -/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); - -/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate -** storage space. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); - -/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. -** Reference counted. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ - -/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); - -/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); - -/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); - -/* Reset and close the cache object */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); - -/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); - -/* Discard the contents of the cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); - -/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); - -/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); - -/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); - -#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This -** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the -** library is built. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); -#endif - -/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. -** -** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit -** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum -** of the suggested cache-sizes. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); -#endif - -/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); - -#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ - -/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - /************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ /************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ /* @@ -9611,83 +15093,105 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); #define _SQLITE_OS_H_ /* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other -** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, -** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER -** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other -** three will be 0. +** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the +** necessary pre-processor macros for it. */ -#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 -# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# else -# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER -# endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 +/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/ +/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system +** detection and/or setup. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H +#define SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H + +/* +** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating +** system. +** +** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of +** +** SQLITE_OS_KV +** SQLITE_OS_OTHER +** SQLITE_OS_UNIX +** SQLITE_OS_WIN +** +** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of them will be 1. The others will be 0. +** If none of the macros are initially defined, then select either +** SQLITE_OS_UNIX or SQLITE_OS_WIN depending on the target platform. +** +** If SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1 is specified at compile-time, then the application +** must provide its own VFS implementation together with sqlite3_os_init() +** and sqlite3_os_end() routines. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_KV) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) && \ + !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WIN) +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ + defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 # endif -# else +#endif +#if SQLITE_OS_OTHER+1>1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_KV +# define SQLITE_OS_KV 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# endif -#else -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# endif +#endif +#if SQLITE_OS_KV+1>1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED 1 +# undef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 3 /* Always use memory for temporary storage */ +# define SQLITE_DQS 0 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT 1 +#endif +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX+1>1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_KV +# define SQLITE_OS_KV 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +#endif +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN+1>1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_KV +# define SQLITE_OS_KV 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 #endif -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN -# include -#endif -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. -** -** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for win98 or winNT -** using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: -** -** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) -** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 -** #else -** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 -** #endif -** -** However, vs2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as it ought to, -** so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that everything is -** winNT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise by setting -** SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H */ -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much -** reduced API. -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of -** the full Win32 API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 -#endif +/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/ /* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it ** a no-op @@ -9696,6 +15200,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); # define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) #endif +/* Maximum pathname length. Note: FILENAME_MAX defined by stdio.h +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PATHLEN +# define SQLITE_MAX_PATHLEN FILENAME_MAX +#endif + +/* Maximum number of symlinks that will be resolved while trying to +** expand a filename in xFullPathname() in the VFS. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINK +# define SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINK 200 +#endif + /* ** The default size of a disk sector */ @@ -9715,10 +15232,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then ** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it ** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a ** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the ** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" ** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but ** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart ** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid @@ -9759,9 +15276,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** UnlockFile(). ** ** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the ** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. ** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. ** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking @@ -9780,10 +15297,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. ** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which ** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. ** ** The same locking strategy and -** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having +** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having ** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file ** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever ** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between @@ -9796,7 +15313,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. ** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE ** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic ** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. ** ** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible @@ -9820,10 +15337,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); @@ -9837,16 +15354,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); @@ -9860,19 +15379,1554 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); /* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using +** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using ** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); #endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ /************** End of os.h **************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page +** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H +#define SQLITE_PAGER_H + +/* +** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative +** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the +** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 +#endif + +/* +** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file +** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". +*/ +typedef u32 Pgno; + +/* +** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. +*/ +typedef struct Pager Pager; + +/* +** Handle type for pages. +*/ +typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; + +/* +** Page number PAGER_SJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is +** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** is devoted to storing a super-journal name - there are no more pages to +** roll back. See comments for function writeSuperJournal() in pager.c +** for details. +*/ +#define PAGER_SJ_PGNO_COMPUTED(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) +#define PAGER_SJ_PGNO(x) ((x)->lckPgno) + +/* +** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. +*/ +#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ +#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). +*/ +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 + +/* +** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +** +** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY) +** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and +** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break. +*/ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ + +/* +** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet(). +*/ +#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ +#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ + +/* +** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** PAGER_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_FullFSync +** PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync +** PAGER_CACHE_SPILL == SQLITE_CacheSpill +*/ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA 0x04 /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x07 /* Mask for four values above */ +#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x10 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x20 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ +#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x38 /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ + +/* +** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** a detailed description of each routine. +*/ + +/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( + sqlite3_vfs*, + Pager **ppPager, + const char*, + int, + int, + int, + void(*)(DbPage*) +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); + +/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); +/* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*); +#endif +/* END SQLCIPHER */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, Pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*); + +/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); +SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage*); + +/* Operations on page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); + +/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zSuper, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager); +# endif +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager*, sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(y,z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3PagerWalDb(x,y) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); + +/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16); + +/* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */ +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +void *sqlcipherPagerCodec(DbPage *); +#endif +/* END SQLCIPHER */ + +/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); + void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); + void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */ + +/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file +** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description +** of what each interface routine does. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_BTREE_H +#define SQLITE_BTREE_H + +/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It +** needs to be revisited. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 16 + +/* +** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise +** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ + +/* +** Forward declarations of structure +*/ +typedef struct Btree Btree; +typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; +typedef struct BtShared BtShared; +typedef struct BtreePayload BtreePayload; + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ +); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the +** following values. +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in +** pager.h. +*/ +#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ +#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ +#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ +#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree*,int); +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,Pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, Pgno*, int flags); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTxnState(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); +#endif + +/* Savepoints are named, nestable SQL transactions mostly implemented */ +/* in vdbe.c and pager.c See https://sqlite.org/lang_savepoint.html */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); + +/* "Checkpoint" only refers to WAL. See https://sqlite.org/wal.html#ckpt */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR +** of the flags shown below. +** +** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. +** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data +** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With +** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored +** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL +** indices.) +*/ +#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ +#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, i64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); + +/* +** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta +** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned +** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an +** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: +** +** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) +** +** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of +** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at +** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). +** +** The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not really a value stored in the header. +** It is a read-only number computed by the pager. But we merge it with +** the header value access routines since its access pattern is the same. +** Call it a "virtual meta value". +*/ +#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 +#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 +#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 +#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 +#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 +#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 +#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 +#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 +#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 +#define BTREE_DATA_VERSION 15 /* A virtual meta-value */ + +/* +** Kinds of hints that can be passed into the sqlite3BtreeCursorHint() +** interface. +** +** BTREE_HINT_RANGE (arguments: Expr*, Mem*) +** +** The first argument is an Expr* (which is guaranteed to be constant for +** the lifetime of the cursor) that defines constraints on which rows +** might be fetched with this cursor. The Expr* tree may contain +** TK_REGISTER nodes that refer to values stored in the array of registers +** passed as the second parameter. In other words, if Expr.op==TK_REGISTER +** then the value of the node is the value in Mem[pExpr.iTable]. Any +** TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree refers to the Expr.iColumn-th +** column of the b-tree of the cursor. The Expr tree will not contain +** any function calls nor subqueries nor references to b-trees other than +** the cursor being hinted. +** +** The design of the _RANGE hint is aid b-tree implementations that try +** to prefetch content from remote machines - to provide those +** implementations with limits on what needs to be prefetched and thereby +** reduce network bandwidth. +** +** Note that BTREE_HINT_FLAGS with BTREE_BULKLOAD is the only hint used by +** standard SQLite. The other hints are provided for extensions that use +** the SQLite parser and code generator but substitute their own storage +** engine. +*/ +#define BTREE_HINT_RANGE 0 /* Range constraints on queries */ + +/* +** Values that may be OR'd together to form the argument to the +** BTREE_HINT_FLAGS hint for sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(): +** +** The BTREE_BULKLOAD flag is set on index cursors when the index is going +** to be filled with content that is already in sorted order. +** +** The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is set on cursors that will get OP_SeekGE or +** OP_SeekLE opcodes for a range search, but where the range of entries +** selected will all have the same key. In other words, the cursor will +** be used only for equality key searches. +** +*/ +#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */ +#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */ + +/* +** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor(). +** +** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write +** cursors it may be set to either (BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) or just +** (BTREE_WRCSR). If the BTREE_FORDELETE bit is set, then the cursor will +** only be used by SQLite for the following: +** +** * to seek to and then delete specific entries, and/or +** +** * to read values that will be used to create keys that other +** BTREE_FORDELETE cursors will seek to and delete. +** +** The BTREE_FORDELETE flag is an optimization hint. It is not used by +** by this, the native b-tree engine of SQLite, but it is available to +** alternative storage engines that might be substituted in place of this +** b-tree system. For alternative storage engines in which a delete of +** the main table row automatically deletes corresponding index rows, +** the FORDELETE flag hint allows those alternative storage engines to +** skip a lot of work. Namely: FORDELETE cursors may treat all SEEK +** and DELETE operations as no-ops, and any READ operation against a +** FORDELETE cursor may return a null row: 0x01 0x00. +*/ +#define BTREE_WRCSR 0x00000004 /* read-write cursor */ +#define BTREE_FORDELETE 0x00000008 /* Cursor is for seek/delete only */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ + Pgno iTable, /* Index of root page */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ + struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ + BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE BtCursor *sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor*, unsigned); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor*, int, ...); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTableMoveto( + BtCursor*, + i64 intKey, + int bias, + int *pRes +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIndexMoveto( + BtCursor*, + UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, + int *pRes +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags); + +/* Allowed flags for sqlite3BtreeDelete() and sqlite3BtreeInsert() */ +#define BTREE_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* Leave cursor pointing at NEXT or PREV */ +#define BTREE_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* not the primary delete operation */ +#define BTREE_APPEND 0x08 /* Insert is likely an append */ +#define BTREE_PREFORMAT 0x80 /* Inserted data is a preformated cell */ + +/* An instance of the BtreePayload object describes the content of a single +** entry in either an index or table btree. +** +** Index btrees (used for indexes and also WITHOUT ROWID tables) contain +** an arbitrary key and no data. These btrees have pKey,nKey set to the +** key and the pData,nData,nZero fields are uninitialized. The aMem,nMem +** fields give an array of Mem objects that are a decomposition of the key. +** The nMem field might be zero, indicating that no decomposition is available. +** +** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as +** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero. +** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry. nZero extra zero bytes +** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry. +** The aMem,nMem fields are uninitialized for table btrees. +** +** Field usage summary: +** +** Table BTrees Index Btrees +** +** pKey always NULL encoded key +** nKey the ROWID length of pKey +** pData data not used +** aMem not used decomposed key value +** nMem not used entries in aMem +** nData length of pData not used +** nZero extra zeros after pData not used +** +** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert(). The +** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters. But placing +** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more +** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to +** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing. +*/ +struct BtreePayload { + const void *pKey; /* Key content for indexes. NULL for tables */ + sqlite3_int64 nKey; /* Size of pKey for indexes. PRIMARY KEY for tabs */ + const void *pData; /* Data for tables. */ + sqlite3_value *aMem; /* First of nMem value in the unpacked pKey */ + u16 nMem; /* Number of aMem[] value. Might be zero */ + int nData; /* Size of pData. 0 if none. */ + int nZero; /* Extra zero data appended after pData,nData */ +}; + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const BtreePayload *pPayload, + int flags, int seekResult); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int flags); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int flags); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorPin(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorUnpin(BtCursor*); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeOffset(BtCursor*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeMaxRecordSize(BtCursor*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection that is running the check */ + Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ + Pgno *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ + int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ + int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ + int *pnErr, /* OUT: Write number of errors seen to this variable */ + char **pzOut /* OUT: Write the error message string here */ +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor*); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3BtreeSeekCount(Btree*); +#else +# define sqlite3BtreeSeekCount(X) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTransferRow(BtCursor*, BtCursor*, i64); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCache(Btree*); + +/* +** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to +** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the +** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*); +#else +# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(X) 1 +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); +#endif +#else + +# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) + +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 +# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 +#endif + + +#endif /* SQLITE_BTREE_H */ + +/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) +** +** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine +** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a +** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_VDBE_H +#define SQLITE_VDBE_H +/* #include */ + +/* +** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines +** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides +** of this structure. +*/ +typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; + +/* +** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required +** for the VdbeOp definition. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_value Mem; +typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; + +/* +** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode +** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded +** as an instance of the following structure: +*/ +struct VdbeOp { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ + u16 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned 16-bit integer */ + int p1; /* First operand */ + int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + int p3; /* The third parameter */ + union p4union { /* fourth parameter */ + int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ + void *p; /* Generic pointer */ + char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ + i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ + double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCCTX */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ + Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ + VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ + u32 *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ + Table *pTab; /* Used when p4type is P4_TABLE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + Expr *pExpr; /* Used when p4type is P4_EXPR */ +#endif + } p4; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + u32 iSrcLine; /* Source-code line that generated this opcode + ** with flags in the upper 8 bits */ +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) + u64 nExec; + u64 nCycle; +#endif +}; +typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; + + +/* +** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. +*/ +struct SubProgram { + VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ + int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ + int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ + u8 *aOnce; /* Array of OP_Once flags */ + void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ + SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ +}; + +/* +** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because +** it takes up less space. +*/ +struct VdbeOpList { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p1; /* First operand */ + signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ +}; +typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; + +/* +** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type +*/ +#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ +#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ +#define P4_STATIC (-1) /* Pointer to a static string */ +#define P4_COLLSEQ (-2) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ +#define P4_INT32 (-3) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ +#define P4_TABLE (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a Table structure */ +/* Above do not own any resources. Must free those below */ +#define P4_FREE_IF_LE (-6) +#define P4_DYNAMIC (-6) /* Pointer to memory from sqliteMalloc() */ +#define P4_FUNCDEF (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ +#define P4_KEYINFO (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ +#define P4_EXPR (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to an Expr tree */ +#define P4_MEM (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ +#define P4_VTAB (-11) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ +#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ +#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INTARRAY (-14) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ +#define P4_FUNCCTX (-15) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object */ + +/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */ +#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1 +#define P5_ConstraintUnique 2 +#define P5_ConstraintCheck 3 +#define P5_ConstraintFK 4 + +/* +** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the +** number of columns of data returned by the statement. +*/ +#define COLNAME_NAME 0 +#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 +#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 +#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 +#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ +# else +# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** The following macro converts a label returned by sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel() +** into an index into the Parse.aLabel[] array that contains the resolved +** address of that label. +*/ +#define ADDR(X) (~(X)) + +/* +** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" +** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. +*/ +/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the tool/mkopcodeh.tcl script for details */ +#define OP_Savepoint 0 +#define OP_AutoCommit 1 +#define OP_Transaction 2 +#define OP_Checkpoint 3 +#define OP_JournalMode 4 +#define OP_Vacuum 5 +#define OP_VFilter 6 /* jump, synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' */ +#define OP_VUpdate 7 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */ +#define OP_Init 8 /* jump, synopsis: Start at P2 */ +#define OP_Goto 9 /* jump */ +#define OP_Gosub 10 /* jump */ +#define OP_InitCoroutine 11 /* jump */ +#define OP_Yield 12 /* jump */ +#define OP_MustBeInt 13 /* jump */ +#define OP_Jump 14 /* jump */ +#define OP_Once 15 /* jump */ +#define OP_If 16 /* jump */ +#define OP_IfNot 17 /* jump */ +#define OP_IsType 18 /* jump, synopsis: if typeof(P1.P3) in P5 goto P2 */ +#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */ +#define OP_IfNullRow 20 /* jump, synopsis: if P1.nullRow then r[P3]=NULL, goto P2 */ +#define OP_SeekLT 21 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekLE 22 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGE 23 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGT 24 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IfNotOpen 25 /* jump, synopsis: if( !csr[P1] ) goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfNoHope 26 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NoConflict 27 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotFound 28 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Found 29 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekRowid 30 /* jump, synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ +#define OP_NotExists 31 /* jump, synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ +#define OP_Last 32 /* jump */ +#define OP_IfSmaller 33 /* jump */ +#define OP_SorterSort 34 /* jump */ +#define OP_Sort 35 /* jump */ +#define OP_Rewind 36 /* jump */ +#define OP_SorterNext 37 /* jump */ +#define OP_Prev 38 /* jump */ +#define OP_Next 39 /* jump */ +#define OP_IdxLE 40 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGT 41 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxLT 42 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Or 43 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */ +#define OP_And 44 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */ +#define OP_IdxGE 45 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_RowSetRead 46 /* jump, synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */ +#define OP_RowSetTest 47 /* jump, synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */ +#define OP_Program 48 /* jump */ +#define OP_FkIfZero 49 /* jump, synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IsNull 50 /* jump, same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_NotNull 51 /* jump, same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_Ne 52 /* jump, same as TK_NE, synopsis: IF r[P3]!=r[P1] */ +#define OP_Eq 53 /* jump, same as TK_EQ, synopsis: IF r[P3]==r[P1] */ +#define OP_Gt 54 /* jump, same as TK_GT, synopsis: IF r[P3]>r[P1] */ +#define OP_Le 55 /* jump, same as TK_LE, synopsis: IF r[P3]<=r[P1] */ +#define OP_Lt 56 /* jump, same as TK_LT, synopsis: IF r[P3]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_ElseEq 58 /* jump, same as TK_ESCAPE */ +#define OP_IfPos 59 /* jump, synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfNotZero 60 /* jump, synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2 */ +#define OP_DecrJumpZero 61 /* jump, synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IncrVacuum 62 /* jump */ +#define OP_VNext 63 /* jump */ +#define OP_Filter 64 /* jump, synopsis: if key(P3@P4) not in filter(P1) goto P2 */ +#define OP_PureFunc 65 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP]) */ +#define OP_Function 66 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP]) */ +#define OP_Return 67 +#define OP_EndCoroutine 68 +#define OP_HaltIfNull 69 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */ +#define OP_Halt 70 +#define OP_Integer 71 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */ +#define OP_Int64 72 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_String 73 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */ +#define OP_BeginSubrtn 74 /* synopsis: r[P2]=NULL */ +#define OP_Null 75 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */ +#define OP_SoftNull 76 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL */ +#define OP_Blob 77 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Variable 78 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */ +#define OP_Move 79 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ +#define OP_Copy 80 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] */ +#define OP_SCopy 81 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_IntCopy 82 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_FkCheck 83 +#define OP_ResultRow 84 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */ +#define OP_CollSeq 85 +#define OP_AddImm 86 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */ +#define OP_RealAffinity 87 +#define OP_Cast 88 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) */ +#define OP_Permutation 89 +#define OP_Compare 90 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_IsTrue 91 /* synopsis: r[P2] = coalesce(r[P1]==TRUE,P3) ^ P4 */ +#define OP_ZeroOrNull 92 /* synopsis: r[P2] = 0 OR NULL */ +#define OP_Offset 93 /* synopsis: r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1) */ +#define OP_Column 94 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX cursor P1 column P2 */ +#define OP_TypeCheck 95 /* synopsis: typecheck(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_Affinity 96 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_MakeRecord 97 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_Count 98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */ +#define OP_ReadCookie 99 +#define OP_SetCookie 100 +#define OP_ReopenIdx 101 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_BitAnd 102 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */ +#define OP_BitOr 103 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */ +#define OP_ShiftLeft 104 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] */ +#define OP_Add 106 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */ +#define OP_Subtract 107 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */ +#define OP_Multiply 108 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */ +#define OP_Divide 109 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */ +#define OP_Remainder 110 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */ +#define OP_Concat 111 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */ +#define OP_OpenRead 112 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenWrite 113 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_BitNot 114 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P2]= ~r[P1] */ +#define OP_OpenDup 115 +#define OP_OpenAutoindex 116 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_String8 117 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */ +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 118 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_SorterOpen 119 +#define OP_SequenceTest 120 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 */ +#define OP_OpenPseudo 121 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */ +#define OP_Close 122 +#define OP_ColumnsUsed 123 +#define OP_SeekScan 124 /* synopsis: Scan-ahead up to P1 rows */ +#define OP_SeekHit 125 /* synopsis: set P2<=seekHit<=P3 */ +#define OP_Sequence 126 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ +#define OP_NewRowid 127 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Insert 128 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_RowCell 129 +#define OP_Delete 130 +#define OP_ResetCount 131 +#define OP_SorterCompare 132 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ +#define OP_SorterData 133 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_RowData 134 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_Rowid 135 /* synopsis: r[P2]=PX rowid of P1 */ +#define OP_NullRow 136 +#define OP_SeekEnd 137 +#define OP_IdxInsert 138 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_SorterInsert 139 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxDelete 140 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_DeferredSeek 141 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed */ +#define OP_IdxRowid 142 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_FinishSeek 143 +#define OP_Destroy 144 +#define OP_Clear 145 +#define OP_ResetSorter 146 +#define OP_CreateBtree 147 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3 */ +#define OP_SqlExec 148 +#define OP_ParseSchema 149 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 150 +#define OP_DropTable 151 +#define OP_DropIndex 152 +#define OP_Real 153 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_DropTrigger 154 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 155 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 156 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Param 157 +#define OP_FkCounter 158 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ +#define OP_MemMax 159 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ +#define OP_OffsetLimit 160 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */ +#define OP_AggInverse 161 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggStep 162 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggStep1 163 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggValue 164 /* synopsis: r[P3]=value N=P2 */ +#define OP_AggFinal 165 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ +#define OP_Expire 166 +#define OP_CursorLock 167 +#define OP_CursorUnlock 168 +#define OP_TableLock 169 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ +#define OP_VBegin 170 +#define OP_VCreate 171 +#define OP_VDestroy 172 +#define OP_VOpen 173 +#define OP_VInitIn 174 /* synopsis: r[P2]=ValueList(P1,P3) */ +#define OP_VColumn 175 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ +#define OP_VRename 176 +#define OP_Pagecount 177 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 178 +#define OP_ClrSubtype 179 /* synopsis: r[P1].subtype = 0 */ +#define OP_FilterAdd 180 /* synopsis: filter(P1) += key(P3@P4) */ +#define OP_Trace 181 +#define OP_CursorHint 182 +#define OP_ReleaseReg 183 /* synopsis: release r[P1@P2] mask P3 */ +#define OP_Noop 184 +#define OP_Explain 185 +#define OP_Abortable 186 + +/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in +** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c +** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: +*/ +#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x01 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ +#define OPFLG_IN1 0x02 /* in1: P1 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN2 0x04 /* in2: P2 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN3 0x08 /* in3: P3 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x10 /* out2: P2 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x20 /* out3: P3 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_NCYCLE 0x40 /* ncycle:Cycles count against P1 */ +#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ +/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x41, 0x00,\ +/* 8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 16 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x12, 0x01, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49,\ +/* 24 */ 0x49, 0x01, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49,\ +/* 32 */ 0x41, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x41, 0x01, 0x41, 0x41,\ +/* 40 */ 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x26, 0x26, 0x41, 0x23, 0x0b,\ +/* 48 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,\ +/* 56 */ 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x41,\ +/* 64 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x08, 0x00, 0x10,\ +/* 72 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\ +/* 80 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ +/* 88 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x12, 0x1e, 0x20, 0x40, 0x00,\ +/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x40, 0x26, 0x26,\ +/* 104 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\ +/* 112 */ 0x40, 0x00, 0x12, 0x40, 0x40, 0x10, 0x40, 0x00,\ +/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x40, 0x40, 0x10, 0x10,\ +/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x50,\ +/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x40, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x40, 0x50, 0x40,\ +/* 144 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04,\ +/* 160 */ 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 168 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x50, 0x40,\ +/* 176 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 184 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,} + +/* The resolve3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows +** the value of the largest JUMP opcode. The smaller the maximum +** JUMP opcode the better, so the mkopcodeh.tcl script that +** generated this include file strives to group all JUMP opcodes +** together near the beginning of the list. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE 64 /* Maximum JUMP opcode */ + +/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ + +/* +** Additional non-public SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags +*/ +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL 0x80 /* Preserve SQL text */ +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_MASK 0x0f /* Mask of public flags */ + +/* +** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation +** for a description of what each of these routines does. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Parse *sqlite3VdbeParser(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe*,int,const char*,...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const u8*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(Parse*,int,int,int,int,const FuncDef*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(Vdbe*,int); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(Vdbe *p, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(Vdbe *p); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(A,B) +# define sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(A) +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(Vdbe *p, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoJumpsOutsideSubrtn(Vdbe*,int,int,int); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(A,B) +# define sqlite3VdbeNoJumpsOutsideSubrtn(A,B,C,D) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp,int iLineno); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExplain(Parse*,u8,const char*,...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeExplainPop(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExplainParent(Parse*); +# define ExplainQueryPlan(P) sqlite3VdbeExplain P +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS +# define ExplainQueryPlan2(V,P) (V = sqlite3VdbeExplain P) +# else +# define ExplainQueryPlan2(V,P) ExplainQueryPlan(P) +# endif +# define ExplainQueryPlanPop(P) sqlite3VdbeExplainPop(P) +# define ExplainQueryPlanParent(P) sqlite3VdbeExplainParent(P) +#else +# define ExplainQueryPlan(P) +# define ExplainQueryPlan2(V,P) +# define ExplainQueryPlanPop(P) +# define ExplainQueryPlanParent(P) 0 +# define sqlite3ExplainBreakpoint(A,B) /*no-op*/ +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBreakpoint(const char*,const char*); +#else +# define sqlite3ExplainBreakpoint(A,B) /*no-op*/ +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*, int, char*, u16); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe*, int addr, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u16 P5); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTypeofColumn(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReleaseRegisters(Parse*,int addr, int n, u32 mask, int); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeReleaseRegisters(P,A,N,M,F) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(Vdbe*, void *pP4, int p4type); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetLastOp(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbePrepareFlags(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, u8); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddDblquoteStr(sqlite3*,Vdbe*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeUsesDoubleQuotedString(Vdbe*,const char*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(int, const void *, UnpackedRecord *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo*); + +typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHasSubProgram(Vdbe*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NotPureFunc(sqlite3_context*); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit(sqlite3*); +#endif + +/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on +** each VDBE opcode. +** +** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op +** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code +** generator. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# else +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +# endif +#else +# define VdbeComment(X) +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +#endif + +/* +** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point +** for VDBE branch instructions. The coverage testing points are line +** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file. VDBE branch coverage testing +** only works with an amalagmation build. That's ok since a VDBE branch +** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only. No application +** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on. +** +** VdbeCoverage(v) // Mark the previously coded instruction +** // as a branch +** +** VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional) // Mark previous if conditional true +** +** VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) // Previous branch is always taken +** +** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) // Previous branch is never taken +** +** VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v) // Previous three-way branch is only +** // taken on the first two ways. The +** // NULL option is not possible +** +** VdbeCoverageEqNe(v) // Previous OP_Jump is only interested +** // in distingishing equal and not-equal. +** +** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above. +** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and +** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch() +** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag. +** +** During testing, the test application will invoke +** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE,...) to set a callback +** routine that is invoked as each bytecode branch is taken. The callback +** contains the sqlite3.c source line number ov the VdbeCoverage macro and +** flags to indicate whether or not the branch was taken. The test application +** is responsible for keeping track of this and reporting byte-code branches +** that are never taken. +** +** See the VdbeBranchTaken() macro and vdbeTakeBranch() function in the +** vdbe.c source file for additional information. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int); +# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) \ + sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x5000000); +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) \ + sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x6000000); +# define VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v) \ + sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x4000000); +# define VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v,x) \ + if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x4000000); +# define VdbeCoverageEqNe(v) \ + sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x8000000); +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x) +#else +# define VdbeCoverage(v) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) +# define VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v) +# define VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v,x) +# define VdbeCoverageEqNe(v) +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(Vdbe*, int, int, int, LogEst, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatusRange(Vdbe*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatusCounters(Vdbe*, int, int, int); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(a,b,c,d,e,f) +# define sqlite3VdbeScanStatusRange(a,b,c,d) +# define sqlite3VdbeScanStatusCounters(a,b,c,d) +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, VdbeOp*); +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CursorRangeHintExprCheck(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr); +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_H */ + +/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. +*/ + +#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ + +typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; +typedef struct PCache PCache; + +/* +** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following +** structure. +*/ +struct PgHdr { + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ + void *pData; /* Page data */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ + PCache *pCache; /* PRIVATE: Cache that owns this page */ + PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty sorted by pgno */ + Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ +#endif + u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ + + /********************************************************************** + ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are + ** private to pcache.c and should not be accessed by other modules. + ** pCache is grouped with the public elements for efficiency. + */ + i64 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ + PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ + PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ + /* NB: pDirtyNext and pDirtyPrev are undefined if the + ** PgHdr object is not dirty */ +}; + +/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ +#define PGHDR_CLEAN 0x001 /* Page not on the PCache.pDirty list */ +#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page is on the PCache.pDirty list */ +#define PGHDR_WRITEABLE 0x004 /* Journaled and ready to modify */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x008 /* Fsync the rollback journal before + ** writing this page to the database */ +#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x010 /* Do not write content to disk */ +#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x020 /* This is an mmap page object */ + +#define PGHDR_WAL_APPEND 0x040 /* Appended to wal file */ + +/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); + +/* Page cache buffer management: +** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); + +/* Create a new pager cache. +** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. +** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen( + int szPage, /* Size of every page */ + int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ + int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ + int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ + void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ + PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ +); + +/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); + +/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate +** storage space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); + +/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. +** Reference counted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(PCache*); + +/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); + +/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); + +/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); + +/* Reset and close the cache object */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); + +/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); + +/* Discard the contents of the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); + +/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); + +/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); + +/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); + +#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This +** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the +** library is built. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* Check invariants on a PgHdr object */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageSanity(PgHdr*); +#endif + +/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. +** +** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit +** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum +** of the suggested cache-sizes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); +#endif + +/* Set or get the suggested spill-size for the specified pager-cache. +** +** The spill-size is the minimum number of pages in cache before the cache +** will attempt to spill dirty pages by calling xStress. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *, int); + +/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); + +/* Return the header size */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void); + +/* Number of dirty pages as a percentage of the configured cache size */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); +#endif + +#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ + +/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ /* @@ -9902,7 +16956,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); ** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The -** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden +** mutexes implementation cannot be overridden ** at start-time. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No @@ -9933,9 +16987,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); */ #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) @@ -9944,11 +16998,42 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); #define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) #else #define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); #endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ /************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/* The SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE compile-time option used to set the default +** synchronous setting to EXTRA. It is no longer supported. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE +# warning Use SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=3 instead of SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 3 +#endif + +/* +** Default synchronous levels. +** +** Note that (for historcal reasons) the PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_* macros differ +** from the SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS value by 1. +** +** PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +** OFF 1 0 +** NORMAL 2 1 +** FULL 3 2 +** EXTRA 4 3 +** +** The "PRAGMA synchronous" statement also uses the zero-based numbers. +** In other words, the zero-based numbers are used for all external interfaces +** and the one-based values are used internally. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 2 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +#endif /* ** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance @@ -9958,9 +17043,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); ** databases may be attached. */ struct Db { - char *zName; /* Name of this database */ + char *zDbSName; /* Name of this database. (schema name, not filename) */ Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ + u8 bSyncSet; /* True if "PRAGMA synchronous=N" has been run */ Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ }; @@ -9971,7 +17057,7 @@ struct Db { ** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. ** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple ** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. -** +** ** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that ** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by ** sqlite3_close(). @@ -9991,18 +17077,18 @@ struct Schema { Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ - u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ + u16 schemaFlags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ }; /* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Db.pSchema->flags field. */ -#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) -#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) -#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) +#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P)) +#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0) +#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P) +#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P) /* ** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. @@ -10016,13 +17102,13 @@ struct Schema { */ #define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ #define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ -#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ +#define DB_ResetWanted 0x0008 /* Reset the schema when nSchemaLock==0 */ /* ** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited ** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. */ -#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1) +#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1) /* ** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used @@ -10043,31 +17129,135 @@ struct Schema { ** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing ** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that ** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. +** +** New lookaside allocations are only allowed if bDisable==0. When +** bDisable is greater than zero, sz is set to zero which effectively +** disables lookaside without adding a new test for the bDisable flag +** in a performance-critical path. sz should be set by to szTrue whenever +** bDisable changes back to zero. +** +** Lookaside buffers are initially held on the pInit list. As they are +** used and freed, they are added back to the pFree list. New allocations +** come off of pFree first, then pInit as a fallback. This dual-list +** allows use to compute a high-water mark - the maximum number of allocations +** outstanding at any point in the past - by subtracting the number of +** allocations on the pInit list from the total number of allocations. +** +** Enhancement on 2019-12-12: Two-size-lookaside +** The default lookaside configuration is 100 slots of 1200 bytes each. +** The larger slot sizes are important for performance, but they waste +** a lot of space, as most lookaside allocations are less than 128 bytes. +** The two-size-lookaside enhancement breaks up the lookaside allocation +** into two pools: One of 128-byte slots and the other of the default size +** (1200-byte) slots. Allocations are filled from the small-pool first, +** failing over to the full-size pool if that does not work. Thus more +** lookaside slots are available while also using less memory. +** This enhancement can be omitted by compiling with +** SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE. */ struct Lookaside { + u32 bDisable; /* Only operate the lookaside when zero */ u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ - u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ + u16 szTrue; /* True value of sz, even if disabled */ u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ - int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ - int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ - int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ + u32 nSlot; /* Number of lookaside slots allocated */ + u32 anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ + LookasideSlot *pInit; /* List of buffers not previously used */ LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE + LookasideSlot *pSmallInit; /* List of small buffers not prediously used */ + LookasideSlot *pSmallFree; /* List of available small buffers */ + void *pMiddle; /* First byte past end of full-size buffers and + ** the first byte of LOOKASIDE_SMALL buffers */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE */ void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ + void *pTrueEnd; /* True value of pEnd, when db->pnBytesFreed!=0 */ }; struct LookasideSlot { LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ }; +#define DisableLookaside db->lookaside.bDisable++;db->lookaside.sz=0 +#define EnableLookaside db->lookaside.bDisable--;\ + db->lookaside.sz=db->lookaside.bDisable?0:db->lookaside.szTrue + +/* Size of the smaller allocations in two-size lookside */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE +# define LOOKASIDE_SMALL 0 +#else +# define LOOKASIDE_SMALL 128 +#endif + /* -** A hash table for function definitions. +** A hash table for built-in function definitions. (Application-defined +** functions use a regular table table from hash.h.) ** ** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. -** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. +** Collisions are on the FuncDef.u.pHash chain. Use the SQLITE_FUNC_HASH() +** macro to compute a hash on the function name. */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ 23 struct FuncDefHash { - FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ + FuncDef *a[SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ]; /* Hash table for functions */ }; +#define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH(C,L) (((C)+(L))%SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ) + +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION +/* +** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used +** to manage user authentication. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth; +struct sqlite3_userauth { + u8 authLevel; /* Current authentication level */ + int nAuthPW; /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */ + char *zAuthPW; /* Password used to authenticate */ + char *zAuthUser; /* User name used to authenticate */ +}; + +/* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */ +#define UAUTH_Unknown 0 /* Authentication not yet checked */ +#define UAUTH_Fail 1 /* User authentication failed */ +#define UAUTH_User 2 /* Authenticated as a normal user */ +#define UAUTH_Admin 3 /* Authenticated as an administrator */ + +/* Functions used only by user authorization logic */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + +#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */ + +/* +** typedef for the authorization callback function. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, + const char*, const char*); +#else + typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, + const char*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* This is an extra SQLITE_TRACE macro that indicates "legacy" tracing +** in the style of sqlite3_trace() +*/ +#define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY 0x40 /* Use the legacy xTrace */ +#define SQLITE_TRACE_XPROFILE 0x80 /* Use the legacy xProfile */ +#else +#define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY 0 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_XPROFILE 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ +#define SQLITE_TRACE_NONLEGACY_MASK 0x0f /* Normal flags */ + +/* +** Maximum number of sqlite3.aDb[] entries. This is the number of attached +** databases plus 2 for "main" and "temp". +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_DB (SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2) /* ** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. @@ -10075,52 +17265,82 @@ struct FuncDefHash { struct sqlite3 { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ - CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ + CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* BINARY collseq for the database encoding */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ Db *aDb; /* All backends */ int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ - int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ + u32 mDbFlags; /* flags recording internal state */ + u64 flags; /* flags settable by pragmas. See below */ i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */ + u32 nSchemaLock; /* Do not reset the schema when non-zero */ unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ + int errByteOffset; /* Byte offset of error in SQL statement */ int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ - u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ + int iSysErrno; /* Errno value from last system error */ + u32 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding */ u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ + u8 bBenignMalloc; /* Do not require OOMs if true */ u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ + u8 mTrace; /* zero or more SQLITE_TRACE flags */ + u8 noSharedCache; /* True if no shared-cache backends */ + u8 nSqlExec; /* Number of pending OP_SqlExec opcodes */ + u8 eOpenState; /* Current condition of the connection */ int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ - u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ - int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ - int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ + i64 nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ + i64 nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ + int nMaxSorterMmap; /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */ struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ - int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ + Pgno newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ - u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ + unsigned orphanTrigger : 1; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ + unsigned imposterTable : 1; /* Building an imposter table */ + unsigned reopenMemdb : 1; /* ATTACH is really a reopen using MemDB */ + const char **azInit; /* "type", "name", and "tbl_name" columns */ } init; int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ + int nVDestroy; /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */ int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ - void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ - void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ + union { + void (*xLegacy)(void*,const char*); /* mTrace==SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY */ + int (*xV2)(u32,void*,void*,void*); /* All other mTrace values */ + } trace; + void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ - void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ +#endif + void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ + void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ void *pUpdateArg; void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); + void *pAutovacPagesArg; /* Client argument to autovac_pages */ + void (*xAutovacDestr)(void*); /* Destructor for pAutovacPAgesArg */ + unsigned int (*xAutovacPages)(void*,const char*,u32,u32,u32); + Parse *pParse; /* Current parse */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + void *pPreUpdateArg; /* First argument to xPreUpdateCallback */ + void (*xPreUpdateCallback)( /* Registered using sqlite3_preupdate_hook() */ + void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64 + ); + PreUpdate *pPreUpdate; /* Context for active pre-update callback */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); void *pWalArg; @@ -10129,16 +17349,13 @@ struct sqlite3 { void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); void *pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ - char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ union { volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ } u1; Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - /* Access authorization function */ + sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Access authorization function */ void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK @@ -10151,23 +17368,23 @@ struct sqlite3 { Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ - VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ + VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ #endif - FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ + Hash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ + int nAnalysisLimit; /* Number of index rows to ANALYZE */ int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ - #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER - ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. + /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MAIN + ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. ** ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to ** unlock so that it can proceed. @@ -10182,114 +17399,184 @@ struct sqlite3 { void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + sqlite3_userauth auth; /* User authentication information */ +#endif }; /* ** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. */ -#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) +#define SCHEMA_ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) +#define ENC(db) ((db)->enc) + +/* +** A u64 constant where the lower 32 bits are all zeros. Only the +** upper 32 bits are included in the argument. Necessary because some +** C-compilers still do not accept LL integer literals. +*/ +#define HI(X) ((u64)(X)<<32) /* ** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** SQLITE_FullFSync == PAGER_FULLFSYNC +** SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC +** SQLITE_CacheSpill == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ -#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000002 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ -#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000004 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ -#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ -#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000010 /* OK to spill pager cache */ -#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000001 /* OK to update SQLITE_SCHEMA */ +#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00000002 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ +#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000004 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ +#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000010 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000020 /* OK to spill pager cache */ #define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ -#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ - /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ - /* the count using a callback. */ +#define SQLITE_TrustedSchema 0x00000080 /* Allow unsafe functions and + ** vtabs in the schema definition */ #define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ /* result set is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ -#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000 /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ -#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ -#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ -#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ -#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00010000 /* Ignore schema errors */ -#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00020000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ -#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00040000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ -#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00080000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ -#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00100000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ -#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x00200000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ -#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */ -#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00800000 /* True to enable triggers */ -#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x01000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ -#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x02000000 /* Disable database changes */ +#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00000200 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ +#define SQLITE_StmtScanStatus 0x00000400 /* Enable stmt_scanstats() counters */ +#define SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose 0x00000800 /* No checkpoint on close()/DETACH */ +#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00001000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ +#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00002000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ +#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00004000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ +#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00008000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00010000 /* Enable load_extension */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtFunc 0x00020000 /* Enable load_extension() SQL func */ +#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00040000 /* True to enable triggers */ +#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x00080000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ +#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x00100000 /* Disable database changes */ +#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk 0x00200000 /* Check btree cell sizes on load */ +#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer 0x00400000 /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */ +#define SQLITE_EnableQPSG 0x00800000 /* Query Planner Stability Guarantee*/ +#define SQLITE_TriggerEQP 0x01000000 /* Show trigger EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +#define SQLITE_ResetDatabase 0x02000000 /* Reset the database */ +#define SQLITE_LegacyAlter 0x04000000 /* Legacy ALTER TABLE behaviour */ +#define SQLITE_NoSchemaError 0x08000000 /* Do not report schema parse errors*/ +#define SQLITE_Defensive 0x10000000 /* Input SQL is likely hostile */ +#define SQLITE_DqsDDL 0x20000000 /* dbl-quoted strings allowed in DDL*/ +#define SQLITE_DqsDML 0x40000000 /* dbl-quoted strings allowed in DML*/ +#define SQLITE_EnableView 0x80000000 /* Enable the use of views */ +#define SQLITE_CountRows HI(0x00001) /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ + /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ + /* the count using a callback. */ +#define SQLITE_CorruptRdOnly HI(0x00002) /* Prohibit writes due to error */ +#define SQLITE_ReadUncommit HI(0x00004) /* READ UNCOMMITTED in shared-cache */ +/* Flags used only if debugging */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define SQLITE_SqlTrace HI(0x0100000) /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeListing HI(0x0200000) /* Debug listings of VDBE progs */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace HI(0x0400000) /* True to trace VDBE execution */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace HI(0x0800000) /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP HI(0x1000000) /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +#define SQLITE_ParserTrace HI(0x2000000) /* PRAGMA parser_trace=ON */ +#endif + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3.mDbFlags +*/ +#define DBFLAG_SchemaChange 0x0001 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ +#define DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin 0x0002 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ +#define DBFLAG_Vacuum 0x0004 /* Currently in a VACUUM */ +#define DBFLAG_VacuumInto 0x0008 /* Currently running VACUUM INTO */ +#define DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk 0x0010 /* Schema is known to be valid */ +#define DBFLAG_InternalFunc 0x0020 /* Allow use of internal functions */ +#define DBFLAG_EncodingFixed 0x0040 /* No longer possible to change enc. */ /* ** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to ** selectively disable various optimizations. */ -#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001 /* Query flattening */ -#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x0002 /* Column cache */ -#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ -#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */ -#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt 0x0010 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */ -#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0020 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ -#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0040 /* Covering index scans */ -#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ -#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine 0x0100 /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */ -#define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0200 /* Transitive constraints */ -#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0400 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ -#define SQLITE_Stat3 0x0800 /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */ -#define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */ +#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x00000001 /* Query flattening */ +#define SQLITE_WindowFunc 0x00000002 /* Use xInverse for window functions */ +#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x00000004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ +#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x00000008 /* Constant factoring */ +#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x00000010 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ +#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x00000020 /* Covering index scans */ +#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x00000040 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ +#define SQLITE_Transitive 0x00000080 /* Transitive constraints */ +#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x00000100 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ +#define SQLITE_CountOfView 0x00000200 /* The count-of-view optimization */ +#define SQLITE_CursorHints 0x00000400 /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */ +#define SQLITE_Stat4 0x00000800 /* Use STAT4 data */ + /* TH3 expects this value ^^^^^^^^^^ to be 0x0000800. Don't change it */ +#define SQLITE_PushDown 0x00001000 /* The push-down optimization */ +#define SQLITE_SimplifyJoin 0x00002000 /* Convert LEFT JOIN to JOIN */ +#define SQLITE_SkipScan 0x00004000 /* Skip-scans */ +#define SQLITE_PropagateConst 0x00008000 /* The constant propagation opt */ +#define SQLITE_MinMaxOpt 0x00010000 /* The min/max optimization */ +#define SQLITE_SeekScan 0x00020000 /* The OP_SeekScan optimization */ +#define SQLITE_OmitOrderBy 0x00040000 /* Omit pointless ORDER BY */ + /* TH3 expects this value ^^^^^^^^^^ to be 0x40000. Coordinate any change */ +#define SQLITE_BloomFilter 0x00080000 /* Use a Bloom filter on searches */ +#define SQLITE_BloomPulldown 0x00100000 /* Run Bloom filters early */ +#define SQLITE_BalancedMerge 0x00200000 /* Balance multi-way merges */ +#define SQLITE_ReleaseReg 0x00400000 /* Use OP_ReleaseReg for testing */ +#define SQLITE_FlttnUnionAll 0x00800000 /* Disable the UNION ALL flattener */ + /* TH3 expects this value ^^^^^^^^^^ See flatten04.test */ +#define SQLITE_IndexedExpr 0x01000000 /* Pull exprs from index when able */ +#define SQLITE_Coroutines 0x02000000 /* Co-routines for subqueries */ +#define SQLITE_NullUnusedCols 0x04000000 /* NULL unused columns in subqueries */ +#define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffffffff /* All optimizations */ /* ** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST #define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) #define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) -#else -#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) 0 -#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) 1 -#endif /* -** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. -** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other -** than being distinct from one another. +** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization +** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */ +#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor) + +/* Possible values for the sqlite3.eOpenState field. +** The numbers are randomly selected such that a minimum of three bits must +** change to convert any number to another or to zero +*/ +#define SQLITE_STATE_OPEN 0x76 /* Database is open */ +#define SQLITE_STATE_CLOSED 0xce /* Database is closed */ +#define SQLITE_STATE_SICK 0xba /* Error and awaiting close */ +#define SQLITE_STATE_BUSY 0x6d /* Database currently in use */ +#define SQLITE_STATE_ERROR 0xd5 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_STATE_ZOMBIE 0xa7 /* Close with last statement close */ /* ** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc -** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table -** points to a linked list of these structures. +** structure. For global built-in functions (ex: substr(), max(), count()) +** a pointer to this structure is held in the sqlite3BuiltinFunctions object. +** For per-connection application-defined functions, a pointer to this +** structure is held in the db->aHash hash table. +** +** The u.pHash field is used by the global built-ins. The u.pDestructor +** field is used by per-connection app-def functions. */ struct FuncDef { - i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ - u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ - u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ + i8 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ + u32 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ - void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ - char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ - FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ - FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* func or agg-step */ + void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Agg finalizer */ + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*); /* Current agg value */ + void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* inverse agg-step */ + const char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ + union { + FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ + } u; /* pHash if SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN, pDestructor otherwise */ }; /* ** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as ** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When ** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, -** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to +** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to ** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether ** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor ** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated @@ -10307,57 +17594,179 @@ struct FuncDestructor { /* ** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF -** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. There +** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. And +** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT must be the same as SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC. There ** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX == NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg +** SQLITE_FUNC_ANYORDER == NC_OrderAgg == SF_OrderByReqd +** SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH == OPFLAG_LENGTHARG +** SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF == OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG +** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT == SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC from the API +** SQLITE_FUNC_DIRECT == SQLITE_DIRECTONLY from the API +** SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE == SQLITE_INNOCUOUS -- opposite meanings!!! +** SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK depends on SQLITE_UTF* macros in the API +** +** Note that even though SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE and SQLITE_INNOCUOUS have the +** same bit value, their meanings are inverted. SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE is +** used internally and if set means tha the function has side effects. +** SQLITE_INNOCUOUS is used by application code and means "not unsafe". +** See multiple instances of tag-20230109-1. */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x10 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x20 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x40 /* Built-in length() function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x80 /* Built-in typeof() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x0010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ +/* 0x0200 -- available for reuse */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX 0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG 0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a + ** single query - might change over time */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_TEST 0x4000 /* Built-in testing functions */ +/* 0x8000 -- available for reuse */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW 0x00010000 /* Built-in window-only function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL 0x00040000 /* For use by NestedParse() only */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_DIRECT 0x00080000 /* Not for use in TRIGGERs or VIEWs */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_SUBTYPE 0x00100000 /* Result likely to have sub-type */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE 0x00200000 /* Function has side effects */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE 0x00400000 /* Functions implemented in-line */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN 0x00800000 /* This is a built-in function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_ANYORDER 0x08000000 /* count/min/max aggregate */ + +/* Identifier numbers for each in-line function */ +#define INLINEFUNC_coalesce 0 +#define INLINEFUNC_implies_nonnull_row 1 +#define INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr 2 +#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare 3 +#define INLINEFUNC_affinity 4 +#define INLINEFUNC_iif 5 +#define INLINEFUNC_sqlite_offset 6 +#define INLINEFUNC_unlikely 99 /* Default case */ /* ** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are ** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. ** ** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName ** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The ** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available -** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If +** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If ** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. ** +** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. +** +** SFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and +** adds the SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag. +** +** INLINE_FUNC(zName, nArg, iFuncId, mFlags) +** zName is the name of a function that is implemented by in-line +** byte code rather than by the usual callbacks. The iFuncId +** parameter determines the function id. The mFlags parameter is +** optional SQLITE_FUNC_ flags for this function. +** +** TEST_FUNC(zName, nArg, iFuncId, mFlags) +** zName is the name of a test-only function implemented by in-line +** byte code rather than by the usual callbacks. The iFuncId +** parameter determines the function id. The mFlags parameter is +** optional SQLITE_FUNC_ flags for this function. +** +** DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and +** adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag. Used for date & time functions +** and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during +** a single query. The iArg is ignored. The user-data is always set +** to a NULL pointer. The bNC parameter is not used. +** +** MFUNCTION(zName, nArg, xPtr, xFunc) +** For math-library functions. xPtr is an arbitrary pointer. +** +** PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION +** except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags. iArg is +** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an +** arbitrary non-NULL pointer. The bNC parameter is not used. +** ** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) ** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by ** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters ** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to ** FUNCTION(). ** +** WAGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse) +** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by +** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters +** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to +** FUNCTION(). +** ** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C ** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made ** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The ** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags ** parameter. */ #define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, (bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ + SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define SFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DIRECTONLY|SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE, \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define MFUNCTION(zName, nArg, xPtr, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8, \ + xPtr, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define JFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC|\ + SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8, \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define INLINE_FUNC(zName, nArg, iArg, mFlags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ + SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|(mFlags), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, noopFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define TEST_FUNC(zName, nArg, iArg, mFlags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ + SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL|SQLITE_FUNC_TEST| \ + SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|(mFlags), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, noopFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8, \ + 0, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ + SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT, \ + (void*)&sqlite3Config, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } #define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, (bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ + SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } #define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ + SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, } #define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ + (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define WAGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, f) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|f, \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,xValue,xInverse,#zName, {0}} +#define INTERNAL_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ + SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT, \ + 0, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } + /* ** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at @@ -10389,29 +17798,84 @@ struct Savepoint { struct Module { const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ + int nRefModule; /* Number of pointers to this object */ void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ + Table *pEpoTab; /* Eponymous table for this module */ }; /* -** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance -** of this structure. +** Information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance +** of the Column structure, in the Table.aCol[] array. +** +** Definitions: +** +** "table column index" This is the index of the column in the +** Table.aCol[] array, and also the index of +** the column in the original CREATE TABLE stmt. +** +** "storage column index" This is the index of the column in the +** record BLOB generated by the OP_MakeRecord +** opcode. The storage column index is less than +** or equal to the table column index. It is +** equal if and only if there are no VIRTUAL +** columns to the left. +** +** Notes on zCnName: +** The zCnName field stores the name of the column, the datatype of the +** column, and the collating sequence for the column, in that order, all in +** a single allocation. Each string is 0x00 terminated. The datatype +** is only included if the COLFLAG_HASTYPE bit of colFlags is set and the +** collating sequence name is only included if the COLFLAG_HASCOLL bit is +** set. */ struct Column { - char *zName; /* Name of this column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ - char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ - char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ - char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ - u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ - char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ - u16 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ + char *zCnName; /* Name of this column */ + unsigned notNull :4; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ + unsigned eCType :4; /* One of the standard types */ + char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ + u8 szEst; /* Est size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */ + u8 hName; /* Column name hash for faster lookup */ + u16 iDflt; /* 1-based index of DEFAULT. 0 means "none" */ + u16 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ }; -/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags: +/* Allowed values for Column.eCType. +** +** Values must match entries in the global constant arrays +** sqlite3StdTypeLen[] and sqlite3StdType[]. Each value is one more +** than the offset into these arrays for the corresponding name. +** Adjust the SQLITE_N_STDTYPE value if adding or removing entries. */ -#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ -#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ +#define COLTYPE_CUSTOM 0 /* Type appended to zName */ +#define COLTYPE_ANY 1 +#define COLTYPE_BLOB 2 +#define COLTYPE_INT 3 +#define COLTYPE_INTEGER 4 +#define COLTYPE_REAL 5 +#define COLTYPE_TEXT 6 +#define SQLITE_N_STDTYPE 6 /* Number of standard types */ + +/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags. +** +** Constraints: +** TF_HasVirtual == COLFLAG_VIRTUAL +** TF_HasStored == COLFLAG_STORED +** TF_HasHidden == COLFLAG_HIDDEN +*/ +#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ +#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ +#define COLFLAG_HASTYPE 0x0004 /* Type name follows column name */ +#define COLFLAG_UNIQUE 0x0008 /* Column def contains "UNIQUE" or "PK" */ +#define COLFLAG_SORTERREF 0x0010 /* Use sorter-refs with this column */ +#define COLFLAG_VIRTUAL 0x0020 /* GENERATED ALWAYS AS ... VIRTUAL */ +#define COLFLAG_STORED 0x0040 /* GENERATED ALWAYS AS ... STORED */ +#define COLFLAG_NOTAVAIL 0x0080 /* STORED column not yet calculated */ +#define COLFLAG_BUSY 0x0100 /* Blocks recursion on GENERATED columns */ +#define COLFLAG_HASCOLL 0x0200 /* Has collating sequence name in zCnName */ +#define COLFLAG_NOEXPAND 0x0400 /* Omit this column when expanding "*" */ +#define COLFLAG_GENERATED 0x0060 /* Combo: _STORED, _VIRTUAL */ +#define COLFLAG_NOINSERT 0x0062 /* Combo: _HIDDEN, _STORED, _VIRTUAL */ /* ** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following @@ -10435,59 +17899,67 @@ struct CollSeq { */ #define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ #define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#define SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED -1 /* No sort order specified */ /* ** Column affinity types. ** ** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and ** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve -** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. +** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. ** -** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, +** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'. That way, ** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and ** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. ** ** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing -** for a numeric type is a single comparison. +** for a numeric type is a single comparison. And the BLOB type is first. */ -#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' -#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' -#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 0x40 /* '@' */ +#define SQLITE_AFF_BLOB 0x41 /* 'A' */ +#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 0x42 /* 'B' */ +#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 0x43 /* 'C' */ +#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 0x44 /* 'D' */ +#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 0x45 /* 'E' */ +#define SQLITE_AFF_FLEXNUM 0x46 /* 'F' */ #define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) /* ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an -** affinity value. +** affinity value. */ -#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 +#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x47 /* ** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without ** changing the affinity. +** +** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL. +** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison +** operator is NULL. It is added to certain comparison operators to +** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL. */ -#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ -#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ +#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x10 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ #define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ +#define SQLITE_NOTNULL 0x90 /* Assert that operands are never NULL */ /* ** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in -** the database schema. +** the database schema. ** ** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this ** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared ** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique -** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table -** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between -** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database +** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table +** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between +** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database ** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database ** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method ** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may -** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables -** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers -** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database +** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables +** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers +** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database ** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. ** ** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared @@ -10499,19 +17971,19 @@ struct CollSeq { ** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. ** ** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the -** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not -** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed +** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not +** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed ** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to ** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the -** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected +** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected ** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done ** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. ** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an ** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect ** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. ** -** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by -** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as +** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by +** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as ** the first argument. */ struct VTable { @@ -10520,79 +17992,106 @@ struct VTable { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ + u8 bAllSchemas; /* True if might use any attached schema */ + u8 eVtabRisk; /* Riskiness of allowing hacker access */ int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ }; +/* Allowed values for VTable.eVtabRisk +*/ +#define SQLITE_VTABRISK_Low 0 +#define SQLITE_VTABRISK_Normal 1 +#define SQLITE_VTABRISK_High 2 + /* -** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the -** following structure. -** -** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original -** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for -** comparisons. -** -** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a -** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. -** -** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of -** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note -** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to -** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of -** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid -** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if -** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. -** -** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the -** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend -** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that -** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set -** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted -** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum -** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root -** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a -** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause -** of a SELECT statement. +** The schema for each SQL table, virtual table, and view is represented +** in memory by an instance of the following structure. */ struct Table { char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ - Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ -#endif - tRowcnt nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ - int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ - i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ + /* ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */ + Pgno tnum; /* Root BTree page for this table */ + u32 nTabRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + u32 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ + i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */ i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ - u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ - u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ + i16 nNVCol; /* Number of columns that are not VIRTUAL */ + LogEst nRowLogEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ + LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + LogEst costMult; /* Cost multiplier for using this table */ +#endif u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ - char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ - VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ -#endif - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ + u8 eTabType; /* 0: normal, 1: virtual, 2: view */ + union { + struct { /* Used by ordinary tables: */ + int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ + ExprList *pDfltList; /* DEFAULT clauses on various columns. + ** Or the AS clause for generated columns. */ + } tab; + struct { /* Used by views: */ + Select *pSelect; /* View definition */ + } view; + struct { /* Used by virtual tables only: */ + int nArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ + char **azArg; /* 0: module 1: schema 2: vtab name 3...: args */ + VTable *p; /* List of VTable objects. */ + } vtab; + } u; + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on this object */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ - Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ }; /* -** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags. +** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags. +** +** TF_OOOHidden applies to tables or view that have hidden columns that are +** followed by non-hidden columns. Example: "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING +** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);". Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden, +** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case. Such tables require +** special handling during INSERT processing. The "OOO" means "Out Of Order". +** +** Constraints: +** +** TF_HasVirtual == COLFLAG_VIRTUAL +** TF_HasStored == COLFLAG_STORED +** TF_HasHidden == COLFLAG_HIDDEN */ -#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ -#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ -#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ -#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ -#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ +#define TF_Readonly 0x00000001 /* Read-only system table */ +#define TF_HasHidden 0x00000002 /* Has one or more hidden columns */ +#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x00000004 /* Table has a primary key */ +#define TF_Autoincrement 0x00000008 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ +#define TF_HasStat1 0x00000010 /* nRowLogEst set from sqlite_stat1 */ +#define TF_HasVirtual 0x00000020 /* Has one or more VIRTUAL columns */ +#define TF_HasStored 0x00000040 /* Has one or more STORED columns */ +#define TF_HasGenerated 0x00000060 /* Combo: HasVirtual + HasStored */ +#define TF_WithoutRowid 0x00000080 /* No rowid. PRIMARY KEY is the key */ +#define TF_StatsUsed 0x00000100 /* Query planner decisions affected by + ** Index.aiRowLogEst[] values */ +#define TF_NoVisibleRowid 0x00000200 /* No user-visible "rowid" column */ +#define TF_OOOHidden 0x00000400 /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */ +#define TF_HasNotNull 0x00000800 /* Contains NOT NULL constraints */ +#define TF_Shadow 0x00001000 /* True for a shadow table */ +#define TF_HasStat4 0x00002000 /* STAT4 info available for this table */ +#define TF_Ephemeral 0x00004000 /* An ephemeral table */ +#define TF_Eponymous 0x00008000 /* An eponymous virtual table */ +#define TF_Strict 0x00010000 /* STRICT mode */ +/* +** Allowed values for Table.eTabType +*/ +#define TABTYP_NORM 0 /* Ordinary table */ +#define TABTYP_VTAB 1 /* Virtual table */ +#define TABTYP_VIEW 2 /* A view */ + +#define IsView(X) ((X)->eTabType==TABTYP_VIEW) +#define IsOrdinaryTable(X) ((X)->eTabType==TABTYP_NORM) /* ** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is @@ -10600,13 +18099,36 @@ struct Table { ** table support is omitted from the build. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +# define IsVirtual(X) ((X)->eTabType==TABTYP_VTAB) +# define ExprIsVtab(X) \ + ((X)->op==TK_COLUMN && (X)->y.pTab->eTabType==TABTYP_VTAB) #else # define IsVirtual(X) 0 -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +# define ExprIsVtab(X) 0 #endif +/* +** Macros to determine if a column is hidden. IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn() +** only works for non-virtual tables (ordinary tables and views) and is +** always false unless SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS is defined. The +** IsHiddenColumn() macro is general purpose. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +#elif !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#else +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#endif + + +/* Does the table have a rowid */ +#define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) +#define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0) + /* ** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. ** @@ -10621,26 +18143,35 @@ struct Table { ** ); ** ** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** Equivalent names: +** +** from-table == child-table +** to-table == parent-table ** ** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure ** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when ** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. +** +** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. +** +** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) +** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. */ struct FKey { Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ - FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ + FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ - FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */ - FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */ + FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ + FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ - u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ - u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ - Trigger *apTrigger[2]; /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ - struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ - int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ - char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ - } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ + u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ + u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ + Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ + struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ + int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ + char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ + } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ }; /* @@ -10657,16 +18188,22 @@ struct FKey { ** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused ** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or ** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. +** UPDATE applies to insert operations only and means that the insert +** is omitted and the DO UPDATE clause of an upsert is run instead. ** -** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. +** RESTRICT, SETNULL, SETDFLT, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. ** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the ** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign -** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the +** key is set to NULL. SETDFLT means that the foreign key is set +** to its default value. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the ** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the ** foreign key. -** +** +** The OE_Default value is a place holder that means to use whatever +** conflict resolution algorthm is required from context. +** ** The following symbolic values are used to record which type -** of action to take. +** of conflict resolution action to take. */ #define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ #define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ @@ -10674,18 +18211,17 @@ struct FKey { #define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ #define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ #define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ - -#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ -#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ -#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ -#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ - -#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ +#define OE_Update 6 /* Process as a DO UPDATE in an upsert */ +#define OE_Restrict 7 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ +#define OE_SetNull 8 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ +#define OE_SetDflt 9 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ +#define OE_Cascade 10 /* Cascade the changes */ +#define OE_Default 11 /* Do whatever the default action is */ /* ** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first -** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the +** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the ** comparison of the two index keys. ** ** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There @@ -10693,17 +18229,24 @@ struct FKey { ** for the rowid at the end. */ struct KeyInfo { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ - u16 nField; /* Maximum index for aColl[] and aSortOrder[] */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ + u16 nKeyField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ + u16 nAllField; /* Total columns, including key plus others */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u8 *aSortFlags; /* Sort order for each column. */ CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ }; /* -** An instance of the following structure holds information about a -** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual -** values. +** Allowed bit values for entries in the KeyInfo.aSortFlags[] array. +*/ +#define KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC 0x01 /* DESC sort order */ +#define KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL 0x02 /* NULL is larger than any other value */ + +/* +** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual +** fields, for the purposes of doing a comparison. ** ** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. ** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store @@ -10711,23 +18254,47 @@ struct KeyInfo { ** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the ** OP_Column opcode. ** -** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled -** into its constituent fields. +** An instance of this object serves as a "key" for doing a search on +** an index b+tree. The goal of the search is to find the entry that +** is closed to the key described by this object. This object might hold +** just a prefix of the key. The number of fields is given by +** pKeyInfo->nField. +** +** The r1 and r2 fields are the values to return if this key is less than +** or greater than a key in the btree, respectively. These are normally +** -1 and +1 respectively, but might be inverted to +1 and -1 if the b-tree +** is in DESC order. +** +** The key comparison functions actually return default_rc when they find +** an equals comparison. default_rc can be -1, 0, or +1. If there are +** multiple entries in the b-tree with the same key (when only looking +** at the first pKeyInfo->nFields,) then default_rc can be set to -1 to +** cause the search to find the last match, or +1 to cause the search to +** find the first match. +** +** The key comparison functions will set eqSeen to true if they ever +** get and equal results when comparing this structure to a b-tree record. +** When default_rc!=0, the search might end up on the record immediately +** before the first match or immediately after the last match. The +** eqSeen field will indicate whether or not an exact match exists in the +** b-tree. */ struct UnpackedRecord { KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ - u8 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */ - i64 rowid; /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */ Mem *aMem; /* Values */ + union { + char *z; /* Cache of aMem[0].z for vdbeRecordCompareString() */ + i64 i; /* Cache of aMem[0].u.i for vdbeRecordCompareInt() */ + } u; + int n; /* Cache of aMem[0].n used by vdbeRecordCompareString() */ + u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ + i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ + u8 errCode; /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */ + i8 r1; /* Value to return if (lhs < rhs) */ + i8 r2; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ + u8 eqSeen; /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */ }; -/* -** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags -*/ -#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x01 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x02 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x04 /* Ignore final (rowid) field */ /* ** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an @@ -10743,7 +18310,7 @@ struct UnpackedRecord { ** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are ** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing ** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. -** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the +** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the ** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. ** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in ** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. @@ -10751,59 +18318,119 @@ struct UnpackedRecord { ** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns ** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, ** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index -** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution -** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique +** and the value of Index.onError indicates which conflict resolution +** algorithm to employ when an attempt is made to insert a non-unique ** element. +** +** The colNotIdxed bitmask is used in combination with SrcItem.colUsed +** for a fast test to see if an index can serve as a covering index. +** colNotIdxed has a 1 bit for every column of the original table that +** is *not* available in the index. Thus the expression +** "colUsed & colNotIdxed" will be non-zero if the index is not a +** covering index. The most significant bit of of colNotIdxed will always +** be true (note-20221022-a). If a column beyond the 63rd column of the +** table is used, the "colUsed & colNotIdxed" test will always be non-zero +** and we have to assume either that the index is not covering, or use +** an alternative (slower) algorithm to determine whether or not +** the index is covering. +** +** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to +** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_schema +** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances +** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is +** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page +** number (it cannot - the database page is not allocated until the VDBE +** program is executed). See convertToWithoutRowidTable() for details. */ struct Index { char *zName; /* Name of this index */ - int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ - tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ + i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ + LogEst *aiRowLogEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ - char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ + const char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ - int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ - u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns in table used by this index */ + ExprList *aColExpr; /* Column expressions */ + Pgno tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ + LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ + u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - unsigned autoIndex:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ + unsigned idxType:2; /* 0:Normal 1:UNIQUE, 2:PRIMARY KEY, 3:IPK */ unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 + unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ + unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */ + unsigned noSkipScan:1; /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */ + unsigned hasStat1:1; /* aiRowLogEst values come from sqlite_stat1 */ + unsigned bNoQuery:1; /* Do not use this index to optimize queries */ + unsigned bAscKeyBug:1; /* True if the bba7b69f9849b5bf bug applies */ + unsigned bHasVCol:1; /* Index references one or more VIRTUAL columns */ + unsigned bHasExpr:1; /* Index contains an expression, either a literal + ** expression, or a reference to a VIRTUAL column */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ - tRowcnt avgEq; /* Average nEq value for key values not in aSample */ + int mxSample; /* Number of slots allocated to aSample[] */ + int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ + tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ + tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this index */ + tRowcnt nRowEst0; /* Non-logarithmic number of rows in the index */ #endif + Bitmask colNotIdxed; /* Unindexed columns in pTab */ }; /* -** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory +** Allowed values for Index.idxType +*/ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF 0 /* Created using CREATE INDEX */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE 1 /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY 2 /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK 3 /* INTEGER PRIMARY KEY index */ + +/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */ +#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X) ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) + +/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */ +#define IsUniqueIndex(X) ((X)->onError!=OE_None) + +/* The Index.aiColumn[] values are normally positive integer. But +** there are some negative values that have special meaning: +*/ +#define XN_ROWID (-1) /* Indexed column is the rowid */ +#define XN_EXPR (-2) /* Indexed column is an expression */ + +/* +** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat4 table is represented in memory ** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the ** analyze.c source file for additional information. */ struct IndexSample { - union { - char *z; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */ - double r; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT */ - i64 i; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_INTEGER */ - } u; - u8 eType; /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */ - int nByte; /* Size in byte of text or blob. */ - tRowcnt nEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ - tRowcnt nLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ - tRowcnt nDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ + void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */ + int n; /* Size of record in bytes */ + tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ + tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ + tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ }; +/* +** Possible values to use within the flags argument to sqlite3GetToken(). +*/ +#define SQLITE_TOKEN_QUOTED 0x1 /* Token is a quoted identifier. */ +#define SQLITE_TOKEN_KEYWORD 0x2 /* Token is a keyword. */ + /* ** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of ** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. ** -** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and -** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn -** and Token.n when Token.z==0. +** The memory that "z" points to is owned by other objects. Take care +** that the owner of the "z" string does not deallocate the string before +** the Token goes out of scope! Very often, the "z" points to some place +** in the middle of the Parse.zSql text. But it might also point to a +** static string. */ struct Token { const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ @@ -10815,7 +18442,7 @@ struct Token { ** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. ** ** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a -** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in +** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iAgg field is the index in ** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate ** code for that node. ** @@ -10828,31 +18455,46 @@ struct AggInfo { ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather ** than the source table */ + u16 nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ - int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ + int iFirstReg; /* First register in range for aCol[] and aFunc[] */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ Table *pTab; /* Source table */ + Expr *pCExpr; /* The original expression */ int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ - int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ - int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ + i16 iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ + i16 iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ } *aCol; int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to ** aggregate functions */ struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ + Expr *pFExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ + int iDistAddr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */ } *aFunc; int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ + u32 selId; /* Select to which this AggInfo belongs */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statement that this AggInfo supports */ +#endif }; +/* +** Macros to compute aCol[] and aFunc[] register numbers. +** +** These macros should not be used prior to the call to +** assignAggregateRegisters() that computes the value of pAggInfo->iFirstReg. +** The assert()s that are part of this macro verify that constraint. +*/ +#define AggInfoColumnReg(A,I) (assert((A)->iFirstReg),(A)->iFirstReg+(I)) +#define AggInfoFuncReg(A,I) \ + (assert((A)->iFirstReg),(A)->iFirstReg+(A)->nColumn+(I)) + /* ** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. ** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater @@ -10860,10 +18502,10 @@ struct AggInfo { ** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user ** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications ** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want -** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them +** to have prepared statements with over 32766 variables, and for them ** the option is available (at compile-time). */ -#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 +#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<32767 typedef i16 ynVar; #else typedef int ynVar; @@ -10879,11 +18521,11 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression ** tree. ** -** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, -** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If -** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the +** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, +** or TK_STRING), then Expr.u.zToken contains the text of the SQL literal. If +** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.u.zToken contains the ** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), -** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. +** then Expr.u.zToken contains the name of the function. ** ** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a ** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. @@ -10892,7 +18534,7 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". ** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of ** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the -** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is +** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is ** valid. ** ** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. @@ -10903,8 +18545,8 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that ** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. ** -** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark -** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index +** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark +** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index ** number for that variable. ** ** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer @@ -10923,7 +18565,7 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be ** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes ** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, -** together with Expr.zToken strings. +** together with Expr.u.zToken strings. ** ** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when ** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all @@ -10934,8 +18576,15 @@ typedef int ynVar; */ struct Expr { u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ - char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ - u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ + char affExpr; /* affinity, or RAISE type */ + u8 op2; /* TK_REGISTER/TK_TRUTH: original value of Expr.op + ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column + ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth + ** TK_FUNCTION: NC_SelfRef flag if needs OP_PureFunc */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 vvaFlags; /* Verification flags. */ +#endif + u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ union { char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ @@ -10943,14 +18592,14 @@ struct Expr { /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to - ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. *********************************************************************/ Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ union { - ExprList *pList; /* Function arguments or in " IN ( IN (